You are on page 1of 162

BUSINESS ENGLISH

Bachelor of Business Studies


(BBS) Program

Course Code : BBS 1505


BUSINESS ENGLISH

Bachelor of Business Studies


(BBS) Program

Written by
Rafsan Mahmud

Editor
Shamim Kabir

Course Co-ordinator
Rafsan Mahmud
English
Bachelor of Business Studies
(BBS) Program

Open School
Bangladesh Open University
Gazipur-1705.

Print
First : March 2007

Cover Design
Kazi Saifuddin Abbas

Computer Compose & DTP Layout


Md. Siddiqul Islam

Published by
Publishing, Printing and Distribution Division
Bangladesh Open University
Gazipur-1705.

© Open School, Bangladesh Open University.

Printen by
The Glaxi Press & Publications
9, Nabaroy Lane
Islampur, Dhaka-1100

Price
Tk. 200.00 only

English is a 5 credit course book for the BBS Programme, written by Rafsan Mahmud, edited by Shamim
Kabir. This book has been published by the recommendation of referee who reviewed the book
anonymously.

ISBN 984-34-3089-X
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Lesson Title Page No.
1. Lesson-1 : The Landlord and the Barber .......................................1

2. Lesson-2 : A Garments Worker .....................................................7

3. Lesson-3 : Production of New Things .......................................... 12

4. Lesson-4 : Magic Cure ................................................................ 18


Adapted from "Life with Grandfather"

5. Lesson-5 : A Mother's Job .......................................................... 24


Adapted from "A story about Tenali Raman"
6. Lesson-6 : Relation and Jealousy .............................................. 29
Adapted from "My Elder Brother" by Leo Tolstoy
7. Lesson-7 : A Great Man's Service ................................................ 37
Adapted from "the Gentleman in White"
by Vincent Edwards
8. Lesson-8 : Sentence ................................................................... 43

9. Lesson-9 : Tense ........................................................................ 47

10. Lesson-10 : Phrasal Verbs or Group Verbs. .................................. 54


11. Lesson-11 : Idiom and Phrase. ..................................................... 59
12. Lesson-12 : Appropriate Preposition ............................................. 71
13. Lesson-13 : Punctuation and Capitalization. ................................ 75
14. Lesson-14 : Prefix and Suffix, Synonyms and Antonyms. .............. 79

15. Lesson-15 : Rules of Correcting Sentences or Correction . ......... 102

16. Lesson-16 : Joining of Sentences ................................................ 112

17. Lesson-17 : Transformation of Sentence ..................................... 122

18. Lesson-18 : Dialogue Writing ...................................................... 135

19. Lesson-19 : Letter Writing .......................................................... 147

20. Lesson-20 : Translation .............................................................. 156

21. Lesson-21 : Paragraph. .............................................................. 164


wKfv‡e ENGLISH eBwU co‡eb?

Avmyb,
Avgiv
Rvwb......

wcÖq wk¶v_x©
ENGLISH eBwU evsjv‡`k Db¥y&³ wek¦we`¨vj‡qi weweGm †cÖvMÖv‡gi Rb¨ cÖewZ©Z| GB †Kvm©wU †bqvi Rb¨
cÖ_‡gB Avcbv‡K Awfb›`b| Avcwb evsjv‡`k Db¥y³ wek¦we`¨vj‡q fwZ© n‡q mvaviY ¯‹zj †_‡K wfbœ gva¨‡g A_©vr
`~iwk¶Y c×wZ‡Z covïbv ïiy K‡i‡Qb|
Avcwb GLb Self Learner ev ¯^-wk¶v_x©
mvaviYZt wk¶v_x© ¯‹z‡j ev K‡j‡R ev wek¦we`¨vj‡q hvq Ges wk¶Kiv Zv‡`i K¬vk †bb| cvV¨ eB‡qi wba©vwiZ
wm‡jev‡mi cÖwZwU Aa¨vq wk¶Kiv Av‡jvPbv K‡ib| wk¶Kiv wk¶v_x©‡`i cÖwZw`b cvV¨ m~Pxi wewfbœ RwUj welq
mg~n mgvavb K‡ib Ges Zv‡`i‡K covi Rb¨ DrmvwnZ I eva¨ K‡ib|
wKš‘ GB c×wZ‡Z wk¶K‡K cvIqv hv‡e bv| Avcbv‡K wb‡R wb‡R wkL‡Z n‡e| Avcwb GLb GKRb ¯^-wk¶v_x©
(self learner)| Giƒc wk¶v_x©i `vwqZ¡ mvaviY wk¶v_x©i †P‡q A‡bK †ekx| KviY mvaviY wk¶v_x©iv wk¶‡Ki
Dci wbf©i K‡ib A_P `~i wk¶Y c×wZ‡Z wk¶v_x©iv wk¶‡Ki Dci wbf©i K‡ib bv eis Pig cÖwZ‡hvwMZvi
m¤§yLxb nb|
`~iwk¶Y c×wZ‡Z wk¶v_x© wb‡RB wb‡Ri wk¶v‡K mymsMwVZ K‡i, wbqwgZ covïbv K‡i, wb‡Ri Drmvn‡K a‡i
iv‡L Ges P~ovšÍ j¶¨ AR©b K‡i|
wk¶vi wewfbœ DcKi‡Yi h_vh_ e¨envi
evsjv‡`k Db¥y³ wek¦we`¨vjq Avcbv‡K †h wk¶v DcKiY¸‡jv mieivn K‡i‡Q, ‡m¸‡jv mvaviY wk¶v cÖwZôv‡bi
cvV¨ eB¸‡jv †_‡K wfbœ ai‡bi| GLv‡b wk¶K I ‡U·eB †K GK‡Î Dc¯’vcb Kiv n‡q‡Q A_©vr cvV¨ eB‡qi
welq I aviYv Ggb fv‡e e¨vL¨v Kiv n‡q‡Q †hb wk¶v_x© Abyfe K‡ib †h wk¶K wb‡RB K¬vkiy‡g wk¶v w`‡”Qb|
ENGLISH eB‡Z wewfbœ eY©bv, NUbv I Kvwnbxi gva¨‡g Bs‡iRx fvlv †kLvi Rb¨ cÖ‡qvRbxq welq¸‡jv
Dc¯’vcb Kiv n‡q‡Q| G wel‡q wb‡gœ ch©v‡jvPbv Kiv n‡jv-
1. D‡Ïk¨mg~n (Objectives) : eB‡qi cÖwZwU Lesson-Gi ïiy‡Z †h Objectives †`qv Av‡Q Zv‡Z ¯úófv‡e
wkLb D‡Ïk¨¸‡jv eY©bv Kiv n‡q‡Q| wbw`©ó Lesson wU cov †k‡l wk¶v_x© GB D‡Ïk¨¸‡jv AR©b K‡i‡Qb
wK-bv †mUv cix¶v K‡i †`L‡eb|
2. msw¶ß Av‡jvPbv (Discussion) : cvV¨ eB‡qi wewfbœ Lesson ev cv‡V we‡kl fv‡e †kLvi welq¸‡jvi Dci
wewea Section-G fvM K‡i wKsev GKK fv‡e msw¶ß Av‡jvPbv Kiv n‡q‡Q|
3. co–b, wPšÍv Kiyb Ges DËi w`b (Read, think and answer) t †U·U eB‡qi passage ¸‡jv cov †kl
n‡jB Avcbviv wKQz cÖkœ †`L‡Z cv‡eb| cÖkœ¸‡jv g‡bv‡hvM mnKv‡i co–b Ges wPšÍv Kiyb, Zvici Text-Gi
wbw`©ó Ask †_‡K †m¸‡jvi h_vh_ DËi ˆZix Kiyb|
4. cÖkœmg~n (Questions) : †U·UeB‡qi mg¯Í Lesson †K wfwË K‡i wewfbœ ai‡bi cÖkœ Dc¯’vcb Kiv n‡q‡Q|
G¸‡jvi h_vh_ DËi cix¶v Ges wbqwgZ Abykxjb Acwinvh©|
5. kã fvÛvi mg„×Kiyb (Develop Vocabulary) t wewfbœ ai‡bi bZzb kã mvaviYZt Lesson G e¨eüZ
n‡q‡Q| Gme k‡ãi A_© evsjv I Bs‡iwR fvlvq e¨envi wkLyb| ZvQvov bZzb kã MVb Ges Synonym ev
cÖwZkã Lyu‡R kã fvÛvi (stock of words) mg„×KiY Avek¨K|
6. Bs‡iwR‡Z K_v ejyb (Speak in English) : Rxe‡bi wewfbœ Ae¯’vq (Different life situaions) fvlv‡K
wKfv‡e e¨envi Kiv hvq Zv wkLyb| G Aa¨vqwU Avcbv‡K †Kvb eÜz ev cwiwPZ Kv‡iv mv‡_ Bs‡iwR‡Z K_v
ejvi Af¨vm ˆZixi Rb¨ cÖ¯‘Z Ki‡e|
7. Bs‡iwR‡Z †jLvi Af¨vm Kiyb (Writing habit in English) t wKfv‡e Bs‡iwR‡Z Paragraph, Letter,
Message Ges Report wjL‡Z nq †mUv GB As‡k mwe¯Ív‡i cv‡eb| ïay ZvB bq Avcbv‡K Abykxj‡bi Rb¨
my‡hvM ˆZwi Ki‡e|
8. cÖ‡kœvËi wgwj‡q †`Lyb (Check your answer key) : cÖwZwU Lesson-Gi †k‡l Check Your Answer
ev Answer key A_©vr cÖ‡kœvËi †`Iqv Av‡Q| Avcbvi cÖ¯‘ZK…Z cÖ‡kœvËi mwVK n‡q‡Q wK-bv Zv wgwj‡q
†`Lyb| G‡Z Avcbvi g‡a¨ ¯úó aviYv Avm‡e †h Avcwb KZUzKz eyS‡Z m¶g n‡q‡Qb|
9. cÖ‡qvRbxq wb‡`©‡ki cÖZxK ev Qwe Gi A_© †`Lyb (Necessary instructional sign meaning) t GB cvV¨
eB‡q wewfbœ ai‡bi PP©v ev Abykxj‡bi Rb¨ cÖ‡qvRbxq wb‡`©‡ki cÖZxK wn‡m‡e wewfbœ Qwe ev cÖZxK e¨envi
Kiv n‡q‡Q| G¸‡jv wbgœiƒcÑ
GB QwewUi gva¨‡g cv‡Vi D‡Ïk¨mg~n †`Lv‡bv n‡q‡Q|


GB QwewUi gva¨‡g Avcbv‡K eB‡q †`Iqv g~j cvV¨ welq ev Text co‡Z ejv n‡q‡Q|

GB Qwe ev cÖZx‡Ki A_© n‡”Q co–b Ges j¶¨ Kiyb| GB Ask¸‡jv fv‡jvfv‡e c‡o g‡b
ivL‡Z n‡e|
GB Qwe ev cÖZx‡Ki A_© n‡”Q eB‡q †`Iqv cÖkœ¸‡jvi DËi Avcbv‡K LvZvq wjL‡Z n‡e|

GB QwewUi A_© n‡”Q Answer Key ev cÖ‡kœvËi| cÖ‡kœi DËi cÖ_‡g wb‡R wj‡L cÖwZwU
Lesson-Gi †k‡l †`qv Check Your Answer ev Answer key Gi mv‡_ wgwj‡q
†`Lyb|
10. wUD‡Uvwiqvj K¬v‡k †hvM`vb Kiyb (Attend Tutorial Class) : evsjv‡`k Db¥y³ wek¦we`¨vj‡qi Aaxb wewfbœ
wUD‡Uvwiqvj †m›Uvi (TC)-G gv‡m `yBwU ev wZbwU wUD‡Uvwiqvj K¬v‡ki e¨e¯’v Kiv nq| Gme K¬v‡k
wk¶v_x©‡`i cvV¨ eB‡qi bvbv wel‡qi RwUjZv, m‡›`n Ges mgm¨v¸‡jv mgvav‡bi e¨e¯’v Ges mswkøó Lesson
Gi Dci w`K-wb‡`©kbv I Dc‡`k †`qv nq| myZivs wk¶v_x©iv fvj cÖ¯‘wZ wb‡q wUD‡Uvwiqvj K¬v‡k Dcw¯’Z
n‡eb hv‡Z Zviv mxwgZ msL¨K K¬v‡ki gva¨‡g me©vwaK DcKvi †c‡Z cv‡ib| wb‡R‡`i cv‡Vi g~j mgm¨v¸‡jv
wPwýZ K‡i wUwm-Gi mswkøó wel‡qi wUDU‡ii KvQ †_‡K mwVK mgvavb †ei Ki‡eb|
11. †eZvi I ‡Uwjwfkb Abyôvb Dc‡fvM Kiyb (Enjoy Radio and TV Programme) t evsjv‡`k Db¥y³
wek¦we`¨vjq wk¶v_x©‡`i mKv‡j †eZvi I †Uwjwfk‡bi gva¨‡g cvV¨m~Pxi wewfbœ wel‡qi Dci cÖwZw`b Abyôvb
cÖPvi K‡i| G‡Z wk¶v_x©iv N‡i e‡m cvV¨ wel‡qi Dci ¯úó aviYv wb‡Z cv‡i| wKQz RwUj welq eyS‡Z mnR
nq|
12. `jxq Av‡jvPbvq Ask wbb (Join Group Discussion) t wk¶v_x©iv mncvVx‡`i mv‡_ Bs‡iRx cvV¨ wel‡qi
wewfbœ ai‡bi mgm¨v wb‡q Av‡jvPbv Ki‡eb| G‡Z wk¶v_x©iv cvi¯úwiK Dcjwä‡eva wewbg‡qi gva¨‡g
Bs‡iwR †U·U eB‡qi wewea RwUjZv wbim‡b m¶g n‡eb|
13. wPwV cÎ wjLyb (Write letters) t evsjv‡`k Db¥y³ wek¦we`¨vj‡qi I‡cb ¯‹z‡ji Bs‡iwR wel‡qi †Kvm©-
‡KvAwW©‡bUi Gi Kv‡Q Bs‡iwR cvV¨ eB m¤úwK©Z †Kvb RwUjZv ev we‡kl mgm¨vi m¤§yLxb n‡j Zv wPwVi
gva¨‡g Rvwb‡q w`b|
14. bgybv cÖkœ †`‡L Abykxjb Kiyb (Find Sample Questions and practise) t wk¶v_x©‡`i P~ovš— cix¶vi
Rb¨ Bs‡iwR †U·U eB‡qi †k‡l bgybv cÖkœ †`qv Av‡Q| bgybv cÖkœ †`‡L Avcbviv wewfbœ cv‡Vi Abykxjb
Ki‡Z cv‡ib|
Avkv Kwi, Dc‡i DwjøwLZ wewea Dc‡`k I civgk© Avcbv‡`i h‡_ó mvnvh¨ Ki‡e| GB c×wZ¸‡jv e¨env‡ii
gva¨‡g wk¶Yxq welq AvqË Ki‡Z Ges ev¯Íe Rxe‡b Bs‡iwR fvlv e¨envi Ki‡Z m¶g n‡eb| G¸‡jv AbymiY
Ki‡j Avwg wbwðZ †h Avcwb Avcbvi mvdj¨ Ges D¾¡j fwel¨Z cÖwZôv Ki‡Z cvi‡eb|
ï‡f”Qvmn

ivdmvb gvngy`
†Kvm© †Kv-AwW©‡bUi (Bs‡iwR)
mnKvix Aa¨vcK, I‡cb ¯‹zj
evsjv‡`k Db¥y³ wek¦we`¨vjq
A Note from Course Co-ordinator

Dear Learner
We are delighted that you have got yourself admitted into Bangladesh
Open University. We welcome you to the English book for Bachelor of
Business Studies (BBS) course. Hope you will find your study useful and
enjoyable.
Indeed, learning English may be very interesting if you are sincere. We have
one English book for the BBS course. ENGLISH is introduced for the 1st
year students. This book contains a variety of prose pieces, short stories and
different grammatical items. These will help you improve different skills
like listening, speaking, reading and writing in English. We think you will
be capable of writing letters, paragraphs, shortmessages, short reports and
understanding news of TV, Radio and daily news papers in English at the
end of this course.
The syllabus includes all the Lessons of the text book. You will find a
sample question paper at the end of the text book. This book is written on
the basis of open and distance learning (ODL) system. It is prepared in an
easy manner so that learners can realise it without the help of teachers.
If you find a difficult word, please do not hesitate to consult a dictionary.
We are sure that you will do better in the examination if you solve questions
of the text book. So go ahead and start studying. We hope you will find your
study fruitful and successful.

Wish you all the best.

Rafsan Mahmud
Assistant Professor
Bangladesh Open University.
Lesson
A Mother's Job 5
5.1 Objectives :

At the end of this lesson you will be able to :


 5
5
5
read and understand a story
use adjectives
use group words of the same type
5 ask and answer questions
5 write a description of an animal.

5.2 Let's read


Here is a story about Abdur Rahman. Let us read and find out more about him:

5.3 Section : 1
Abdur Rahman was very wise and witty man in the court of King Bahadur. King
Bahadur was the ruler of the Vijayanagar kingdom. Abdur Rahman was the
court jester, and many stories are told about him.
One day, King Bahadur asked his courtiers, "You are wise and learned men. Tell
me, which is the most difficult job in the world?"
The courtiers had a ready asnwer. They said, "Your Majesty, everyone konws
that the job of ruling the country is by far the most difficult job in the world."
The king was pleased with their answer. But he noticed that Abdur Rahman was
smiling to himself, as if he found this answer funny.
The king asked him why he was smiling. "Perhaps you don't agree with your
friends that my job is the most difficult job in the world. Is that why you are
smiling?"
Abdur Rahman said, "Your Majesty, I agree that it is difficult to rule a country
well. But I don't think that it is the most difficult job in the world. There is
another job which is much more difficult."
English

5.4 Read, Think and Answer I


Fill in the blanks :
(i) Abdur Rahman was a court ________ .
(ii) Abdur Rahman was ________ and ________ .
(iii) King Bahadur wanted to know ________ .
(iv) ________ said that to rule a kingdom was ________ .
(v) But Abdur Rahman said that he did not think ________ .

5.5 Let's Read


Let us read and find out what Abdur Rahman felt was the most difficult job
in the world.

5.6 Section II

"Tell us what that job is, Rahman" said the king.


"A mother's job," said Rahman "It is much more difficult to keep a child
happy than to look after a kingdom."
The whole court broke into loud laughter, and of course Rahman was asked
to prove the truth of his words.
So Rahman brought a woman and her young son to the king.
"Now ask the kind King for anything that you want," he told the little boy.
"An elephant," said the little boy at once.
An elephant was immediately brought for him.
"Put him into my basket," the boy said, "I want to take him home."
"But he won't fit into your basket, son. He'll come walking behind you when
you go home."
The little boy was stubborn. "I want him in my basket," he said, "My friends
won't know that he is my elephant if I don't take him home in my basket."
He started crying, and nothing that anyone said would make him change his
mind. The king and his courtiers tried everything they could. But the boy
just did not listen. He cried and cried. Then the mother said something to
Rahman and he immediately sent for a toy elephant. She turned to her son
and said, "Look, my son. Here's a small elephant which is much more
beautiful ring a gold chain, and there is a golden umbrella on top of its
head. It has wheels so that you can pull it behind you wherever you go. It
will fit easily into your basket. Tell the man to take away the big elephant-
your basket will break if you put him in it, and you can't take him to your
friend's house because he is so big."

BBS Literature Page # 25


BBS Program

The boy stopped crying. The mahout led away the elephant, and the little
boy and his mother went away happily.
Then the king wiping the sweat from his brow, said, "Rahman, I agree that a
mother's job is the most difficult job in the world."

5.7 Read, Think and Answer II


Answer the following questions briefly :
(i) What according to Abdur Rahman was the most difficult job in the
world?
(ii) Who did Abdur Rahman bring to court?
(iii) What did the little boy ask from the king?
(iv) Why did the boy start crying? Mention two reasons.
(v) What did the mother do?

5.8 Overall Questions

Answer following questions :


(1) What did King Bahadur ask his courtiers? Why did Abdur Rahman
smile at their answer?
(2) How did King Bahadur learn that a mother's job is the most difficulut
job in the world?

5.9 Let's Learn Grammar


You must have read these words in the text :
Wise, witty, stubborn

They tell us more about a person. - a wise courtier, a stubborn child. They
are called adjectives. Words which tell us more about a person, thing or
place are called adjectives.

Look at the following words. Use them to fill in the blanks below :
Beautiful, old, good, simple, handsome.
Shamim is a ________ boy. He has a ________ friend. He likes ________
sculptures. Sometimes he buys many ________ flowers. He leads a very
________ life.

BBS Literature Page # 26


English

5.10 Increase Your Word Power


Look at the following table. Words given under names go together. They
belong to the same type.
Type Names
Animals Elephant, Tiger, Lion, Giraffe
Place Dhaka, Barisal, Khulna, Sylhet.
Fruits Mango, Apple, Guava, Banana
Things Book, Pencils, Pens, Mugs
Underline the odd one out from the words given below :
e.g: Mohan, Lalit, Pencil, Reena.
(i) Pigeon, Peacock, Kabaddi, Sparrow
(ii) Cricket, Badminton, Football, Singing.
(iii) Rice, Bread, Cake, Swimming.
(iv) Patuakhali, Comilla, Guitar, Natore.

5.11 Let's Talk


Asking and Answering Questions
Practise the following dialogue with your friend.
Friend : Where did you go to this morning?
You : I went to the market.
Friend : What did you do there?
You : I bought vegetables.
Friend : When did you come back?
You : I came back before noon.

5.12 Let's Write

You must have seen pictures of elephants. Complete the description of an


elephant. You can use the following words.

Legs, trunk, bananas, grey, tail, ears, tusks.


The elephant is a large animal. It is ________ in colour. It has four fat
________. It has a long ________ in front. It has two ________ . The elephant
has a small ________ but it has two big ________ . The elephant loves to eat
________ .

BBS Literature Page # 27


BBS Program

5.13 Check Your Answer


Read, Think and answer I
(i) jester
(ii) wise, witty
(iii) what was the most difficult job in the world
(iv) the courtiers, the most difficult job in the world.
(v) that ruling a kingdom was the most difficult job in the world.

Read, Think and answer II


(i) a mother's job
(ii) a mother and her young son
(iii) an elephant
(iv) elephant did not fit into the basket; he could not take him home to
show his friends.
(v) asked for a toy elephant.

Overall Questions
(1) What was the most difficult job in the world, because the fact a mother's
job was more difficult.
(2) Abdur Rahman brought a young boy- boy asked for an elephant -
wanted to take elephant home in his basket - would not fit in - started
crying - was given a toy elephant - was finally happy.
Let's Learn Grammar
good, handsome, old, beautiful, simple

Increase your word power


(i) Kabaddi (ii) Singing
(iii) Swimming (iv) Guitar

Let's Write
grey, legs, trunk, ears, tail, tusks, bananas.

BBS Literature Page # 28


English

Lesson
Relation and Jealousy 6
6.1 Objectives :

At the end of this lesson you will be able to :


 5
5
5
read and understand a story
appreciate the value of forgiveness
identify and use the noun clause
5 use abstract words
5 understand the use of phrases
5 make apologies orally
5 make diary entries.

6.2 Let's read


We often find that two brothers or friends become jealous of each other. They
become rivals sometimes.
Let's read the story about two brothers-Nasim and Rana and find out what
happened to them. Nasim is narrating the fact.

6.3 Section : I
I was only a year and some months younger than Rana; we grew up, studied
and played together. No distinction of elder and younger was made between us.
But just about the time I am speaking of I began to realize that I was no
companion for him, either in age, in interest or in ability. It even seemed to me
that Rana himself was aware of his superiority and was proud of it. This idea (it
may have been a wrong one) was inspired by my vanity-which suffered every
time I came in contact with him. He was better than me in everything; at
lessons, in arguments and in manners, and all this took me farther from him
and caused me moral anguish which I could not understand. When Rana was
given tucked linen shirts for the first time I was unhappy for not having shirts
like that. I am sure I would have felt happier if I was convinced that every time
he arranged his collar it was not done to annoy me.
What tormented me most was that it sometimes seemed to me Rana understood
what was going on inside me but tried to hide it.
But perhaps my sensitiveness and tendency to analyse deceived me in this case.
It may be Rana did not feel at all as I did. He was impulsive and his enthusiasm
in different hobbies did not last long.

BBS Literature Page # 29


BBS Program

He would suddenly develop a passion for pictures, himself take up painting,


spend all his money buying them and beg them of his drawing-master, of papa
and of grandmamma. Then it would be a craze for curios to decorate his table,
collecting them from every room in the house, or a mania for novels which he
obtained on the sly and read all day and night. I could not help being impressed
by his hobbies but I was too proud to imitate him and too young and not
independent enough to choose a hobby for myself. But there was nothing I
envied so much as Rana's happy large heartedness which showd itself most
strikingly when we quarrelled. I always felt that he was behaving well but I could
not do likewise.

6.4 Read, Think and Answer I


The two brothers were not much different in their age. But the younger brother
says "I was no companion for him."
1. Give two reasons why he felt?
2. What was the effect of this feeling on his relationship with his elder
brother?
3. What action of Rana, the elder brother, irritated the younger brother
most?
4. What two qualities of Rana have been highlighted by the author?
5. What were Rana's hobbies?

6.5 Let's Read


Let's read further to find out how the two brothers pulled on inspite of difference
of their temperament. Did they quarrel? Did they learn to tolerate each other?

6.6 Section II
Once when his passion for ornaments was at its height, I went up to his table
and accidentally broke an empty brightly-coloured little scent-bottle.
"Who asked you to touch my things" demanded Rana coming into the room and
seeing how I had upset the symmetry of the different treasures on his table.
"And where is the scent bottle', You must have....."
"I knocked it over by accident and it broke. What does it matter?"
"Do me the favour-never dare touch my things again", he siad,
Putting the piece of the broken flask together and looking at them sorrowfully.
"And you please don't issue orders", I retorted, "That's all"
And I smiled, though I did not feel in the least like smiling.
"Yes, it's nothing to you but it does matter to me", pursued Rana, jerking his
shoulder, a gesture he had inherited from papa. "He goes and breaks it, and
then laughs, the nasty little brat!"
"I'm a little brat; and you're big but you're stupid."

BBS Literature Page # 30


English

"I am not going to quarrel with you," said Rana, giving me a slight push. 'Go
away'.
"Don't push!"
"Get away!"
"Don't push, I tell you!"
Rana took my word and tried to drag me away from the table; but I was beside
myself by now; I got hold of the leg of the table and tipped it over. "There now!"
And all his china and glass ornaments crashed to the floor.
"You disgusting little boy!" Cried Rana, trying to save some of his falling
treasures.
"Well, now it is all over between us," I thought as I left the room. 'We have
quarrelled for good.'

6.7 Read, Think and Answer II


1. (a) How did the qurrel between Rana and the narrator start?
(b) Was it an intentional act of the narrator?
2. How did Rana react to the narrator's action?
3. What in the narrator's behaviour, was annoying to Rana?
4. How did the narrator show his anger when Rana dragged him?
5. Why did the narrator think that it was all over between them?

6.8 Let's read


The two brothers quarrelled and the narrator parted with a feeling that it was all
over between them.
Did it happen like that! Did they quarrel for ever? Let's find out.

6.9 Section III


We did not speak to each other till evening. I felt myself in the wrong and was
afraid to look at him and could not do anything all day. Rana on the contrary,
did his lessons well, and after dinner talked and laughed with sisters as usual.
As soon as afternoon lessons were over I left the room. I was too scared,
uncomfortable and ashamed to be alone with my brother. After our history
lesson in the evening I took my exercise books and started towards the door. As
I passed Rana, though I wanted to go up to him and make friends, I scowled and
put on an angry expression. At that moment Rana raised his head and, with a
meaningful smile, looked me full in the face. Our eyes met and I knew that he
understood me; but some irresistable feeling made me turn away.
"Nasim!" he said in a most natural voice without a scrap of pathos. "Don't be
cross anymore. Forgive me if I offended you."
And he held out his hand.

BBS Literature Page # 31


BBS Program

Something that came higher and higher seemed to be pressing my chest and
stopping my breath but this only lasted a second; tears came to my eyes, and I
felt better.
"Forgive.... me Rana," I stammered, squeezing his hand. Rana looked at me as if
he could not make out at all why there should be tears in my eyes.

6.10 Read, Think Answer III

Now answer the following questions.


1. How did Nasim feel after the day's incident?
2. How was Rana's reaction different from that of Nasim?
3. "I was too scared, uncomfortable and ashamed to be alone with my
brother,' says Nasim Why does he think so?
4. How did Rana show that he was keen to make friend with Nasim inspite
of the day's event?
5. What do the tears in Nasim's eyes speak about his feelings?
6. What actions of Nasim show that he was sorry for all what he did that
morning?

6.11 Overall Questions


After breaking his brother's scent bottle or dropping various curios on Rana's
table, Nasim didn't say 'sorry'. It was because.................
a) He thought he was not wrong.
b) He thought it was a petty matter.
c) He wasn't large hearted like his brother.

2. Why did the elder brother ask his younger brother's forgiveness? It is
because ..........
a) He had a large heart unlike his younger brother.
b) He was really in the wrong.
c) He thought "to err is human and forgive is divine".
d) He wanted to show his superiority.
e) He wanted to let down his brother.

6.12 Let's Learn Grammar

Read the following sentences


"I began to realize that I was no companion for him" (Rana).
BBS Literature Page # 32
English

Discussion :

BBS Literature Page # 33


BBS Program

Break the sentences above as shown below


A. I began to realize (what)
B. 'That I was no companion for him."
i) A & B are two parts of this sentence
ii) each part has a subject and a verb
A. (i) I ....... Subject
ii) began ..... Verb
B. (i) I ..... Subject
(ii) was ..... verb
(iii) These parts are called clauses, i.e. each clause has a subject as well
as a verb
(iv) Clause (b) is joined with clause (a) with a conjunction, 'that'.
(v) Clause (b) is not independent. It is a subordinate clause
(vi) It (clause (b)) functions as a noun (object to the verb began to
realize). It is noun clause.

Exercise I
Separate the clause that is dependent in the following sentences.
1. He (Rana) said to Nasim, "Don't be cross any more. Forgive me if I offended
you."
2. "I knew that he understood me."
3. "Rana looked at me as if he could not make out at all why there should be
tears in my eyes."

II. Useful Expressions


Re-read the following sentences to understand the meaning of the underlined
expressions.
1. I did not feel in the least like smiling.
2. I was beside myself by now.
3. I got hold of the leg of the table.

These expressions mean as under


1. in the least : not all
2. beside myself : out of one's own control (due to anger)
3. got hold of : got the possession of
These are idiomatic expressions.

Exercise : Now use these expressions in the following sentences to convey their
meaning.
1. The Manager said, "I'm not prepared to change the rates____.
2. With great efforts I have been able to _______ the latest edition of the
Advanced Learner's Dictionary.
3. When my younger brothers broke of my bicycle I was ________
BBS Literature Page # 34
English

6.13 Increase Your Word power


Abstract words
There are some words that very clearly describe our feelings or mental state.
e.g. Aware, anguish, understand, happy, annoy torment.

Exercise 1. From the text pick out a few more words that relate to the mind and
feeling.

6.14 Let's talk


Read the following dialogue and note the use of expressions underlined.
Bithi : I'm sorry Shathi, I have lost your book of stories. I am really sorry.
Shathi : It's alright. But don't you think that you are a bit careless about other's
things?
Bithi : I'm afraid, you're not right. I really can't forgive myself. I'm not careless. I
had kept it in my bag. My bag is missing. I guess, it's not really my fault I'll
buy another book for you. Would it do?
Shathi : Never mind I'm sorry for what I said. Let's forget it now. I have another
story book.
Bithi : So nice of you.
The expressions underlined convey what we really feel on such occasions.

Exercise :
You have lost a friend's cricket bat. Talk to him and express your feelings of
regret. Use the dialogue given as a model.

6.15 Let's write


At the end of the day Rana and Nasim became friends again. Nasim, the
younger brother wrote a page in his diary to record his feelings about his
brother's behaviour. Read it
24 Sept. 9 pm
It was very strange to see Rana in my room after the day's incident when I
had broken most of his curios, china and glass ornaments. I had thought it
was all over between us. But he was unusually polite and apologetic. He
said sorry. At last he had forgiven me. I was moved by his behaviour. I too
was moved. What had happened to me? I wonder, We were both changed
persons.
Nasim.

BBS Literature Page # 35


BBS Program

Do you know how to write a diary?


Let's try to write a diary. Before writing in a diary it is important to make notes
as shown below :
* Event - Date when?
* What was the event
* Consequences
* Who all were involved
* Where did it happen?
* Reactions /emotions of people

Exercise
1. Write a page of your diary recording your feelings when you had quarrelled
with one of your friends and have tried to make friends again.

6.16 Check your answers


Read, Think and Answer I
1. (i) Rana was better in games
(ii) arguments
(iii) manners
2. Nasim, the narrator felt inferior to Rana and his relations were estranged
(distanced)
3. He (Rana) arranged collar of his new shirt whereas Nasim didn't have any
such shirt.
4. (i) candid (honestly frank)
(ii) impulsive (one who acts suddenly without thinking carefully about its
consequences),
5. (i) painting
2. (ii) collecting curios
3. (iii) book reading

Read, Think and Answer II


1. (a) Nasim had dropped and broken an empty coloured little scent bottle.
(b) No, it was accidentally broken.
2. He lost his temper, shouted at Nasim and asked him not to touch anything
that belonged to him (Rana).
3. Nasim was not accepting his mistake, on the contrary, he was laughing
4. He got hold of the table leg and tipped it over breaking all China and glass
ornaments
5. He had broken all that Rana loved immensely.

BBS Literature Page # 36


English

Read, Think and Answer- III


1. He realized he was in the wrong. He was sorry for it but didn't go to
apologise to Rana. He avoided any encounter meeting with Rana.
2. He looked normal and did his routine actively. He laughed with sisters as
usual.
3. He was feeling guilty.
4. He went to Nasim and apologized in very natural voice.
5. He was emotionally moved by Rana's action.
6. He too asked for Rana's forgiveness with tears in his eyes.

Overall Question
1. (a) and (c)
2. (a), (c)

Let's Learn Grammar


1. (i) Don't be cross any more.
(ii) Forgive me if I offended you.
2. ..... That he understood me
3. .......Why there should be tears in my eyes.

Exercise II
1. in the least 2. get hold of 3. beside myself
Which word? Where?
1. could 2 impulsive 2 shortlived 4. craze 5. torments
6. adorned 7. companion.

Let's Talk
While talking use expressions such as I'm sorry, it's alright. I'm afraid
I regret, nevermind, so nice etc.

Let's write
While writing your diary check that you have written _____ date; it is mostly first
person narration; it records emotions, reactions and sentiments.

Increase your word power


Ex. I. Passion, sensitiveness, mania, analyse, independent, sorrowfully
uncomfortable, ashamed, understood.

Ex. 2. (i) think (ii) sad (iii) hapiness (iv) passion v) feel vi) disgusting.

BBS Literature Page # 37


BBS Program

Lesson
A Great Man's Service 7
7.1 Objectives :

At the end of this lesson you will be able to :


 5
5
5
read and analyse a person's life.
explain the cause and effect relationship
use passive constructions
5 talk about an event which is past
5 edit a piece of writing

7.2 Let's read


We will now read the story of Henri Dunant, the man who started the Red Cross
Society in 1864. The main objective of the society was to help the wounded
soldiers who were not being taken care of. We will know about the Red Corss
Society.

7.3 Section : 1
Henri Dunant was quiet and polite. He was affectionately called "The Gentleman
in White'.
No one paid much attention to a young Swiss gentleman who was travelling in
Italy in 1859. His dress and behaviour showed that he belonged to a rich family.
But something that happened in the midst of his tour changed young Henri
Dunant.
Italy and France were at war with Austria. Henri Dunant came upon one of their
battlefields at the end of a day of fighting. It was Solferino. For the first time in
his life Dunant saw how heartless war could be. All round him lay suffering
men, untended and left to die where they fell.
Henri Dunant went to work at once. Helped by several village women he formed
an ambulance service. He set up headquarters in a little church not far away.
He made use of anyone who came along. He himself helped to bind up the
wounds of Frenchmen, Italians, and Austrians alike.
Someone asked Dunant why he cared for Italy's enemies. His answer showed a
spirit of humanity that was not common in those days. "We are all brothers. A
wounded enemy is an enemy no longer."

BBS Literature Page # 38


English

With his groups of helpers, Dunant helped to save many lives. Water and
medicine were brought. Mattresses of straw were smoothed so that the wounded
could lie in comfort. Those who despaired were given hope. Prayers were said for
the dying. The "Gentleman in White" (as Dunant was called because he wore a
white suit) was thought of by hundreds of wounded men as an angel.

7.4 Read, Think and Answer I


A. Answer each of the following questions.
1. Who is called "the gentleman in white"?
2. Which were the countries fighting against Austria?
3. What role did the village women play in helping the wounded?
4. Where was the headquarters of the "ambulance service" set up?

B. Read the statements and write "T" for true and "F" for fasle.
1. Solferino is in Italy.
2. Only Swiss people were called to help the wounded.
3. People did not pay much attention to Dunant because he was quiet.
4. Dunant started serving the wounded soldiers.
5. France and Italy were enemies.

C. Each statement is followed by four choices. Tick () the appropriate


choice.
1. Dunant helped the wounded soldiers because they were :
a) French b) Italian
c) Austrian d) Human beings

2. Dunant was also called an angel because he :


a) helped others b) wore white suit
c) treated others as brother

7.5 Section II
Henri Dunant could not forget what had happened at Solferino on the
battlefield. The soldiers had been left to suffer, some of them to die, because no
group of people had been ready to look after the wounded. The more he thought
of it, the more he felt that something must be done.
He thought of a great organisation. It should be planned to include in it many
nations. It should have everything needed to reduce human suffering, especially
in time of war. It would do its work with the help of all countries.
Shortly the plan grew in his mind. Each detail grew clear. All nations would
support and share in such a great work of humanity. It must work under a sign
that all would know : its symbol would be a red cross against a white
background.

BBS Literature Page # 39


BBS Program

One man alone could hardly hope to make this dream real. But Henri Dunant
decided to do what he could. First of all he must reach the public. It must see
the need for this great organization. To make the need clear he wrote truthfully
of what he had seen at Solferino. At the end of his account he suggested that an
international relief society should be set up to care for the wounded.
Dunant's book, A Memory of Solferino, shocked its readers. They were shocked
by the bloodshed he described. They were shocked by the lack of care for the
wounded. And they were startled to have the writer prove that many of the
horrors he described did not have to be. All that was needed was a relief society
ready to give first aid on the battlefield.

7.6 Read, Think and Answer II


Answer the following questions :
(a) What were the initial steps Dunant took to convince people to have an
organisation to help the wounded?
(b) Draw the symbol, as described in para 9. What does white and red
colour stand for in the symbol?
(c) Describe the impact of the book "A Memory of Solferino" on the public
mind.

7.7 Section III


One of Dunant's own countrymen was the first to act. Gustav Meunier, a
wealthy lawyer in Geneva, had been greatly moved by the book. He chose
Dunant and four others to form the Committee of Five. It was to look into the
idea of an international society.
After some careful study, the committee invited all the nations of Europe to a
meeting in Geneva. The meeting, held on October 26, 1863, was a success.
Thirty six delegates from fourteen nations were present. Dunant's suggestions
were accepted. It was decided that a relief society should be formed in each
country.
An international agreement called the Geneva Convention was made the
following year. The nations of Europe approved the new organization. For the
first time in history, they accepted wounded men as neutral; a wounded soldier
would no longer be looked on as an enemy. The nations that signed the Geneva
Convention chose the red cross as the symbol for the international organization.
At first the new society was given different names in different countries. Later it
was everywhere called the Red Cross Society.
Until his death in 1910, at the age of eighty two, he was always ready to work
for a noble cause. And when the Nobel Peace Prize was awarded for the first
time, in 1901, the honour went to Dunant. No man has deserved it more than
the founder of the Red Cross.

7.8 Read, Think and Answer III


Fill in the blanks with the appropriate words
[named, assisted, awarded, explored, signed, invited, decided]
BBS Literature Page # 40
English

Gustav Munier ____________ Dunant in his effort.


The Committee of Five ____________ the idea of an international society.
European nations were ____________ to Geneva.
Fourteen nations ____________ to form a relief society.
Geneva Convention was ____________ in the year 1864.
Initially the new society was ____________ differently in different countries.
Dunant was ____________ noble prize in the year 1901.

7.9 Let's Learn Grammar


Read the following sentences carefully.
1. Dunant formed an ambulance service.
2. An ambulance service was formed by Dunant.

In sentence 1 and 2 the work done is 'forming' but the same thing has
been said in 2 ways. In sentence 1 the subject is 'Dunant'. In sentence
2 the subject is ambulance service.
Sentence 1 is the Active Voice.
Sentence 2 is in the Passive Voice.
In sentence 1 Dunant is the doer or subject and ambulance service is the
object.
In sentence 2 ambulance service is the subject and Dunant is the object, In
a passive sentence the verb is often followed 'by'.
Thus, to make a passive sentence you do the following.
i) exchange the position of subject and object.
ii) use 'by' before the doer.
iii) make some change in the verb.

Exercise :
Read the following sentences carefully. Rewrite the sentences on the basis of
what you have just learnt.
Mattresses of straw were smoothened by the nurses.
Nurses smoothened mattresses of straw
a) Veena caught the thief red hand.
b) I can eat ten idles in a minute.
c) Someone took the wounded soldiers in an ambulance.
d) Doctors looked after the patients.
e) Nurses bandaged their wounds.

7.10 Increase Your Word Power

BBS Literature Page # 41


BBS Program

1. Different word combinations have different meanings. You must have come
across the following word combinatiions or phrases in the lesson.
set up
care for
pay attention to
make use of
bind up
be shocked by
in the midst of
lack of
set up means-to start
e.g. He has set up a small business at Uttara.
Care for means to look after love.
e.g. Dunant cared for the wounded soldiers of the enemy.

Exercise
Match the following phrases given under A with their meanings given
under B.
A B
a) be shocked by i) in the middle of
b) pay attention to ii) tie up
c) in the midst of iii) notice, see carefully
d) make use of iv) to feel horror, disgust
e) bind up v) use, benefit from somebody or something
f) lack of something vi) shortage, absence of something that is needed.

7.11 Let's write

Read the following information about the 'Red Cross Society' given in points and
then write a paragraph.

The Red Cross Society


i) Formed - 22 Aug 1864- choose symbol - red cross on white background-
named Red Cross Society in 1867.
ii) Began work - 1870-71 - War in Europe, looked after 5 million people.
iii) World War - 1- relief work - information agency started.
iv) World War-II- collected, issued 450,000 tones of relief supplies, spent large
amount on prisoners, soldiers.
v) Today- branches all over the world- reminds people- respect every human
being
vi) Junior Red Cross Society - formed 1922

BBS Literature Page # 42


English

7.12 Let's talk


Talking about a past event
Read the following conversation with a partner.
Ripa : What a boring match!
Deepa : Yeah! I never expected Bangladesh to play so badly.
Ripa : Anything is possible with the Bangladeshi cricketers.
Deepa : You remember the last match where Bangladesh won by I run.
Ripa : That was a thriller, I enjoyed it thoroughly.
Deepa : I wish we could see some more games like that.

You have read a diologue where two people talk about a past event. Can you
think of a similar conversation for the following situations?
Situations :
(a) You saw an accident on the road; share this with your friend.
(b) You had a boring visitor last evening. Tell your friend how the visitor bored
you.

7.13 Check Your Answers


A Read, Think and Answer
1. Henry Dunant
2. Italy
3. Helper Assistant in forming the ambulance service
4. Near a little church

B
1. T
2. F
3. T
4. T
5. F

BBS Literature Page # 43


Lesson
Sentence 8
Objectives :

At the end of this lesson you will be able to :


 5
5
5
realize the definition of sentence.
analyse the kinds of sentences
indentify the examples of different sentences
5 find out affirmative and negative sentence

Sentence nj h_vh_ web¨vm Abyhvqx mvRv‡bv kãmgwó hv c~Y©v½ A_© cÖKvk K‡i| Ab¨K_vq, KZK¸‡jv
Word myk„´Ljfv‡e e¨eüZ n‡q hw` m¤ú~Y© g‡bi fve cÖKvk K‡i Z‡e Zv‡K Sentence e‡j|
wb‡Pi D`vniY¸‡jv j¶¨ Ki t
• Karim is a good boy. (Kwig fvj †Q‡j)- wKQy ejv nj|
• Is Karim a good boy? (Kwig wK fvj †Q‡j?)- wKQy Rvb‡Z PvIqv nj|
• Never tell a lie. (KLbI wg_¨v e‡jv bv)- Dc‡`k †`qv nj|
• May Allah bless you. (Avj vn †Zvgvi g½j Kiyb)- cÖv_©bv Kiv nj|
• How nice the bird is! (cvwLwU wK my›`i!) - we¯§q cÖKvwkZ nj|
myZivs †`Lv hvq, g‡bi fve wewfbœfv‡e cÖKvk Kiv hvq| G‡KKwU fve cÖKv‡ki mgq ev‡K¨ k㸔Q‡K
G‡KKfv‡e mvRv‡Z nq| Gfv‡eB m„wó n‡q‡Q wewfbœ cÖKv‡ii evK¨|
Dc‡ii evK¨¸‡jvi cÖ_g ev‡K¨ wee„wZ cÖ`vb Kiv n‡q‡Q| wØZxq ev‡K¨ cÖkœ Kiv n‡q‡Q| Z…Zxq ev‡K¨
Dc‡`k †`qv n‡q‡Q| PZz_© ev‡K¨ cÖv_©bv Kiv n‡q‡Q Ges cÂg ev‡K¨ Av‡eM cÖKvk Kiv n‡q‡Q|
A_© Abymv‡i Sentence ev evK¨‡K †gvU cuvP fv‡M wef³ Kiv nq| †hgbÑ
1. Assertive Sentence (eY©bv g~jK evK¨)
2. Interrogative Sentence (cÖkœ‡evaK evK¨)
3. Imperative Sentence (Av‡`k/AbyÁvm~PK evK¨)
4. Optative Sentence (B”Qv, cÖv_©bv ev Avkxe©v` m~PK evK¨)
5. Exclamatory Sentence (we¯§q m~PK evK¨)
Dc‡ii GB cuvP cÖKv‡ii Sentence wb‡q Gevi c„_K c„_K Av‡jvPbv Kiv hvK|

1. ASSERTIVE SENTENCE
(eY©bvg~jK evK¨)
†h Sentence †Kvb NUbv‡K eY©bv K‡i ev ¯^xKvi K‡i Zv‡KB Assertive Sentence e‡j| †hgbÑ
BBS Program

a. This is a cow. (GB GKwU Miy)


b. Dina is singing a song. (`xbv GKwU Mvb MvB‡Z‡Q)
c. It is the time to sleep now. (GLb Nygv‡bvi mgq)
Dc‡ii evK¨¸‡jv †Kv‡bv bv †Kvb wKQy‡K ¯^xKvi Ki‡Q, Avevi ejv hvq †Kv‡bv NUbvi wee„wZ cÖ`vb Ki‡Q|
ZvB G¸‡jv‡K ejv nq Assertive Sentence.

2. INTERROGATIVE SENTENCE
(cÖkœ‡evaK evK¨)
†h evK¨ ev Sentence Øviv †Kv‡bv cÖkœ eySvq A_©vr, †h evK¨ †Kvb e¨w³ ev e¯Íz m¤ú‡K© A_ev †Kvb wKQy
m¤ú‡K© wRÁvmv K‡i Zv‡K Interrogative Sentence e‡j|
wbqg n‡jv GB Interrogative Sentence-Gi cÖ_‡g what (wK), who (†K), whom (Kv‡K),
which (†KvbwU), why (†Kb), when (KLb), How (†Kgb) BZ¨vw` e¨envi Kiv nq| †hgbÑ
a. What is your name? (†Zvgvi bvg wK?)
b. Who is there? (ILv‡b †K?)
c. Which pen do you like? (†Kvb KjgwU Zzwg cQ›` Ki?)

Dc‡ii D`vniY¸‡jv‡Z †Kvb wKQy m¤ú‡K© wRÁvmv Kiv n‡q‡Q| g‡b ivL‡Z n‡e, Interrogative
Sentence Gi †k‡l cÖkœ‡evaK wPý ev Sign of Interrogation e¨envi Ki‡Z nq|

3. IMPERATIVE SENTENCE
(B”Qv, cÖv_©bv ev Avkxe©v` m~PK evK¨)
†h Sentence ev evK¨ Av‡`k (Order), wb‡la, Dc‡`k (Advice) Ges Aby‡iva (Request), wb‡`©k
K‡i Zv‡K Imperative Sentence e‡j|
Imperative Sentence-Gi A‡bK mgq KZ©v ev Subject-†K ev‡K¨ †`Lv hvq bv| KZ©v Dn¨ _v‡K
Z‡e Dnv bv _vK‡jI Zvi Aw¯ÍZ¡ †evSv hvq| †hgbÑ
a. Do it now (Av‡`k)-GUv GLwb Ki|
b. Do not run in the sun. (Dc‡`k)- †iv‡` QyUvQywU K‡iv bv|
c. Kindly lend me your pen. (Aby‡iva) - `qv K‡i †Zvgvi KjgUv avi `vI|

Dc‡ii wZbwU ev‡K¨i g‡a¨ cÖ_g ev‡K¨ Av‡`k, wØZxq ev‡K¨ Dc‡`k Ges Z…Zxq ev‡K¨ Aby‡iv‡ai K_v ejv
n‡q‡Q, ZvB G¸‡jv Imperative Sentences.

4. OPTATIVE SENTENCE
(B”Qv, cÖv_©bv ev Avkxe©v` m~PK evK¨)
†h Sentence ev evK¨ †Kvb wKQy Kvgbv (B”Qv A‡_©) cÖv_©bv Avkxe©v` wb‡`©k K‡i Zv‡K Optative
sentence e‡j|

Sentence Page # 44
English

Optative sentnce MV‡bi Av‡M May e‡m|


a. May you be happy- (Zzwg myLx nI|)
b. May God bless you- (Ck¦i †Zvgvi g½j Kiyb|)
c. Long live our President- (Avgv‡`i †cÖwm‡W›U `xN©Rxex †nvK|)
Dc‡ii Sentence ¸‡jvi †KvbwUi Øviv B”Qv, †KvbwUi Øviv cÖv_©bv, Avevi †KvbwUi Øviv Avkxe©v`
eySv‡”Q, myZivs Gi cÖwZwU Sentence GK GKwU Optative Sentence.

5. EXCLAMATORY SENTENCE
(we¯§q m~PK evK¨)

†h Sentence ev evK¨ g‡bi AvKw¯§K Abyf‚wZ‡K A_©vr, Avb›`, nVvr `ytL, nVvr we¯§q, nVvr N„Yv BZ¨vw`
wb‡`©k K‡i Zv‡KB Exclamatory Sentence e‡j|
a. What a nice bird it is! (cvwLwU wK my›`i!)
b. Alas! my only brother is dead! (nvq! Avgvi GKgvÎ fvBwU gviv †M‡jv|)
c. What a fool he is! (†m wK †evKvi †evKv|)
d. Fie! Fie! you are so dishonest! (wQ! wQ! Zzwg G‡Kev‡i Amr|)
Dc‡i evK¨¸‡jv Exclamatory-Gi `„óvš—| †h‡nZz Dc‡ii evK¨¸‡jv‡Z nVvr Av‡eM ev Abyf‚wZ cÖKvk
†c‡q‡Q| GB ev‡K¨ Av‡eMm~PK wPýI e¨envi Ki‡Z nq|
Dc‡i cuvP iK‡gi sentence-B Av‡jvPbv Kiv n‡q‡Q| j¶¨ Ki‡j †`Lv hvq cÖ‡Z¨KwU Sentence-†K
Avevi `y'fv‡M fvM Kiv hvq| Gi GKwU n‡jv ¯^xK…wZg~jK ev nuv m~PK Ges AciwU n‡jv A¯^xK…wZg~jK ev
bv-m~PK|
†hgbÑ I am reading. (Avwg cowQ|) GwU nuv m~PK evK¨| GKwU NUbv‡K ¯^xKvi K‡i †bqv n‡”Q| wKš—z
GUv‡K hw` Gfv‡e ejv nqÑ I am not reading (Avwg cowQ bv|) GLv‡b NUbvwU A¯^xKvi Kiv n‡”Q|
GwU n‡jv bv m~PK evK¨|
Bs‡iwR‡Z nuv m~PK evK¨‡K ev Sentence-†K e‡j Affirmative Sentence (nuv m~PK evK¨) Avi bv
m~PK evK¨ ev Sentence †K e‡j Negative Sentence (bv m~PK evK¨)|
GKwU evK¨‡K nuv m~PK †_‡K bv m~PK ev‡K¨ iƒcvš—wiZ Kiv hvq B”Qv Ki‡j| wKš‘ Dc‡ii Sentence
¸‡jvi g‡a¨ GKgvÎ Exclamatory evK¨ Qvov Avi me¸‡jv Sentence †K iƒcvšÍi Kiv hvq| A_©vr,
Zv‡`i cÖ‡Z¨‡Ki `y‡Uv K‡i iƒc Av‡Q| †hgbt
a. Affimative (nuv m~PK)
b. Negative (bv m~PK)

wb‡P Affirmative I Negative evK¨ †`Lv‡bv n‡jv|


1. Aff. He is a boy.
Neg. He is not a boy.
2. Aff. Sabina will be happy.
Neg. Sabina will not be happy.
3. Aff. You are intelligent.

Sentence Page # 45
BBS Program

Neg. You are not intelligent.

4. Aff. I have pens.


Neg. I have no pens.
5. Aff. They will work hard.
Neg. They will not work hard.
6. Aff. I had a red cow.
Neg. I had no red cow./I did not have a red cow.
7. Aff. They have a ball.
Neg. They have no ball / They do not have a ball.
8. Aff. He has a box.
Neg. He has not a box / He has no box.
9. Aff. I can read a book.
Neg. I can not read a book.
10. Aff. We may go there.
Neg. We may not go there.
11. Aff. You should do the work.
Neg. You should not do the work.
12. Aff. I must work for me.
Neg. I must not work for me.
13. Aff. I play football everyday.
Neg. I do not play fooball everyday.
14. Aff. We eat rice.
Neg. We do not eat rice.
15. Aff. You should go there.
Neg. You should not go there.
AZGe, †`Lv †Mj Sentence-Gi g‡a¨ not, no, do not, does not Ges did not †hvM K‡i
Affirmative Sentence -†K Negative Sentence-G iƒcvšÍwiZ Kiv hvq| Negative Kivi mgq
Noun-Gi Av‡M no Ges Ab¨me ¯’v‡b not e‡m|

Sentence Page # 46
Lesson
TENSE 9
Objectives :

At the end of this lesson you will be able to :


 5
5
5
understand the definition of tense.
find out the kinds of tenses.
identify the examples of different tenses.
5 explain the structure and rules of tense.
5 use conjugation of verb.

Tense k‡ãi DrcwË j¨vwUb kã Tempus †_‡K| Tempus k‡ãi A_© Ômgq'| evsjvq Tense A_©
Kvj ev mgq|
wb‡Pi D`vniY¸‡jv j¶¨ Ki t
We are playing cricket today = Avgiv AvR wµ‡KU †LjwQ|
We played cricket yesterday = Avgiv MZKvj wµ‡KU †L‡jwQjvg|
We shall play cricket tomorrow = Avgiv AvMvgxKvj wµ‡KU †Lje|
Dc‡ii Sentence ¸‡jv‡Z wfbœ wfbœ wZbwU mg‡qi K_v ejv n‡q‡Q| cÖ_g Sentence-G ÔAvR †LjwQ'
A_©vr eZ©gvb mg‡qi K_v ejv n‡q‡Q| GUv eZ©gvb Kvj ev Present Tense wb‡`©kK evK¨|
wØZxq Sentence-G MZKvj †L‡jwQjvg A_©vr AZxZ mg‡qi K_v ejv n‡q‡Q| GUv AZxZ Kv‡j ev
Past Tense wb‡`©kK evK¨|
Z…Zxq Sentence-G AvMvgxKvj †Lje, A_©vr fwel¨r mg‡qi K_v ejv n‡q‡Q| GUv fwel¨r Kvj ev
Future Tense wb‡`©kK evK¨|
myZivs ejv hvq, Verb-Gi KvR msNU‡bi mgq wb‡`©k Kivi Rb¨ Verb-Gi †h iƒc¸‡jv e¨eüZ nq
Zv‡`i Tense e‡j|
A_©vr Verb-Gi Kvh© wblcbœ nIqvi mgq‡K Tense e‡j|
Tense cÖavbZt wZb cÖKvi, h_vÑ
1. Present Tense- eZ©gvb Kvj|
2. Past Tense- AZxZ Kvj|
3. Future Tense- fwel¨r Kvj|
BBS Program

Present Tense
(eZ©gvb Kvj)
1. Present Tense t †Kvb KvR eZ©gvb nq, n‡”Q ev GBgvÎ †kl n‡q‡Q; wKš‘dj GLbI eZ©gvb
i‡q‡Q Giƒc eySv‡j Verb-Gi Present Tense nq| h_vÑ
(a) I read a book- Avwg eB cwo|
(b) You are reading a news paper- Zzwg GKwU msev` cÎ coQ|
(c) You have read a book- Zzwg GKLvbv eB c‡oQ|
Dc‡ii evK¨ wZbwUi g‡a¨ Read Verb-wU Øviv eZ©gv‡b KvR m¤úbœ nq, n‡”Q Ges n‡q‡Q eySv‡”Q|
myZivs Read Verb-wU wZbwU ev‡K¨B Present Tense.
Present Tense Pvi cÖKvi| h_vÑ
1. Present Indefinite- mvaviY eZ©gvb|
2. Present Continuous- Pjgvb eZ©gvb|
3. Present Perfect- cyivNwUZ eZ©gvb|
4. Present Perfect Continuous- NUgvb eZ©gvb|

1. Present Indefinite Tense : eZ©gv‡b †Kvb GKwU KvR nq, Giƒc eySv‡Z Verb-Gi
Present Indefinite Tense nq| h_v t
(a) The bird sings- cvLxUv Mvb K‡i|
(b) The cow eats grass- MiyUv Nvm Lvq|
Note : wPimZ¨ Ges wbZ¨NwUZ Af¨vm eySv‡Z me©`v Verb-Gi Present Indefinite Tense
nq| h_vÑ
(a) The sun rises in the east- m~h© c~e© w`‡K Dw`Z nq|
(b) He comes here daily- †m †ivR GLv‡b Av‡m|
Note : wbKUeZx© fwel¨r eySv‡ZI Present Indefinite Tense nq| h_v-
1. The school reopens on Sunday next- AvMvgx iweevi ¯‹zj Lyj‡e|
Note : Present Indefinite Tense- G Verb-Gi KZ©v Third Person Singular
Number-Gi n‡j Verb-Gi †k‡l s' ev 'es' †hvM Ki‡Z nq| h_v-
(a) He eats rice- †m fvZ Lvq|
(b) He does not eat rice- †m fvZ Lvq bv|
(c) The cat mews- weovjUv wgD wgD K‡i|
MVb cÖYvjx t Present Indefinite Tense MVb Ki‡Z n‡j KZ©vi c‡i Verb-Gi Present
Form (iƒc) e‡m|

2. Present Continuous Tense : †Kvb KvR c~‡e©B Avi¤¢ n‡q‡Q Ges GLbI Pj‡Q Giƒc eySv‡j
Verb-Gi Present Continuous Tense nq|
eySevi Dcvq t evsjv ev‡K¨ wµqv c‡`i †k‡l B‡ZwQ, B‡ZQ, B‡Z‡Q (mvay fvlvq) BZ¨vw` cÖZ¨q
_vK‡j Bs‡iwR‡Z ing eyS‡Z n‡e|
Tense Page # 48
English

MVb cÖYvjx t G Tense MVb Ki‡Z g~j Verb-Gi Present form Gi mv‡_ ing †hvM Ki‡Z nq
Ges Zvi c~‡e© Subject ev KZ©v Abyhvqx Verb 'to be' A_©vr am, is, are BZ¨vw` e‡m| †hgb t
(a) He is going to school- †m ¯‹z‡j hv‡”Q|
(b) They are playing football- Zviv dzUej †Lj‡Q|
(c) I am raeding a book- Avwg GKwU eB cowQ|
(d) We are going to school- Avgiv ¯‹z‡j hvw”Q|
(d) You are laughing- Zzwg nvmQ|
j¶¨ Ki t ïay I Gi c‡i am, third person singular number-Gi c‡i is Ges Avi mKj
person Ges number- Gi c‡i are e‡m|

3. Present Perfect Tense : †Kvb KvR GBgvÎ †kl n‡q‡Q; wKš—z dj GLbI eZ©gvb Av‡Q
Giƒc eySv‡j Verb Gi Present Perfect Tense nq|
wPbevi Dcvq t evsjv ev‡K¨ wµqvi †k‡l AvwQ, AvQ I Av‡Q cÖZ¨q _vK‡j Present Perfect
Tense nq|
MVb cÖYvjx t G Tense MVb Ki‡Z g~j Verb-Gi Past Participle- Gi iƒc nq Ges Zvi c~‡e©
KZ©v Abymv‡i have ev has e‡m| h_vÑ
He has broken the glass- †m M vmwU †f‡½‡Q|
I have done the sum- Avwg AsKwU K‡iwQ|

4. Present Perfect Continous Tense : †Kvb KvR c~‡e©B Avi¤¢ n‡q axN© mgq a‡i Pj‡Q
Giƒc eySv‡j Verb-Gi Present Perfect Continuous Tense nq|
wPbevi Dcvq t evsjv wµqvi mv‡_ B‡Z‡Q, B‡ZQ, B‡Z‡Q BZ¨vw` (mvay fvlvq) wµqv wefw³ _v‡K
Ges †Kvb e¨vcK mg‡qi D‡j- L _v‡K|
MVb cÖYvjx t g~j Verb-Gi †k‡l 'ing' †hvM Kiv nq Ges Zvi c~‡e© KZ©v Abyhvqx have been ev
has been e‡m| h_v t
I have been reading in this school for two years.
Avwg `y' ermi hver G ¯‹z‡j cowQ|
Conjugation of verb 'go' in all forms of Present Tense.

1. Present Indefinite Tense


Person Singular Plural
1st. I go- Avwg hvB| We go- Avgiv hvB|
2nd. You go-Zzwg hvI| You go- †Zvgiv hvI|
3rd. He goes- †m hvq| They go- Zviv hvq|

Present Continuous Tense


Person Singular Plural
1st. I am going (Avwg hvw”Q) We are going (Avgiv hvw”Q)
2nd You are going (Zzwg hv”Q) You are going. †Zvgiv hv”Q|

Tense Page # 49
BBS Program

3rd He is going. †m hv‡”Q They are going. Zviv hv‡”Q|


Present Perfect Tense
Person Singular Plural
1st. I have gong. Avwg wM‡qwQ| We gave gone. Avgiv wM‡qwQ|
2nd. You have gone. Zzwg wM‡qQ| You have gone. †Zvgiv wM‡qQ|
3rd. He has gone. †m wM‡q‡Q| They have gone. Zviv wM‡q‡Q|

Present Perfect Continuous Tense


Person Singular Plural
1st. I have been going We have been going.
Avwg (c~e© n‡Z) hvw”Q| Avgiv (c~e© n‡Z) hvw”Q|
2nd You have been going. You have been going.
Zzwg (c~e© n‡Z) hv”Q| †Zvgiv (c~e© n‡Z) hv‡”Q|
3rd. He has been going. They have been going.
†m (c~e© n‡Z) hv‡”Q| Zviv (c~e© n‡Z) hv‡”Q|

Past Tense
(AZxZ Kvj)
Present Tense- Gi b¨vq Past Tense I Pvi cÖKvi| h_v t
1. Past Indefinite Tense -mvaviY AZxZ
2. Past Continuous Tense- Pjgvb AZxZ
3. Past Perfect Tense- c~ivNwUZ AZxZ
4. Past Perfect Continuous Tense- NUgvb AZxZ

1. Past Indefinite Tense : AZx‡Z †Kvb Kvh© m¤úbœ n‡qwQj eySv‡j Verb-Gi Past
Indefinite Tense nq|
wPbevi Dcvq t evsjv wµqvc‡`i †k‡l wQj, wQ‡j, wQjvg BZ¨vw` cÖZ¨q _vK‡j Past Indefinite
Tense nq|
MVb cÖYvjx t G Tense MVb Ki‡Z KZ©vi ci Verb-Gi Past form emv‡Z nq| h_v t
I gave him a book- Avwg Zv‡K GKLvbv eB w`‡qwQjvg|
You went to school- Zzwg ¯‹z‡j wM‡qwQ‡j|
He did the sum- †m AsKwU K‡iwQj|

2. Past Continuous Tense : AZxZ Kv‡j †Kvb KvR Avi¤¢ n‡q wKQy mgq hver PjwQj eySv‡j
Verb-Gi Past Continuous Tense nq|
wPbevi Dcvq t evsjv ev‡K¨ wµqvi †k‡l- B‡ZwQj, B‡ZwQ‡j (mvay fvlvq) wQj, wQ‡j| (PwjZ fvlvq)
BZ¨vw` wµqvwefw³ _vK‡j Verb-Gi Past Continuous Tense nq|
MVb cÖYvjx t g~j Verb-Gi †k‡l 'ing' †hvM Ki‡Z nq Ges Gi c~‡e© KZ©v Abyhvqx was ev were
e‡m| h_vÑ
Tense Page # 50
English

I was playing - Avwg †Lwj‡ZwQjvg|


We were playing- Avgiv †Lwj‡ZwQjvg|
He was runnig- †m †`Šovw”Qj|
They were running- Zviv †`Šovw”Qj|
You were writing- Zzwg wjLwQ‡j|
g‡b ivL‡e- I Gi c‡i Ges Third Person Singular Number-Gi c‡i was Ges You I
Ab¨ mKj Plural Number-Gi c‡i were e‡m|
3. Past Perfect Tense : AZxZ Kv‡j GKwU Kv‡Ri Av‡M Av‡iKwU KvR m¤úbœ n‡qwQj eySv‡j
Verb Gi Past perfect Tense nq|
`ywU Kv‡Ri g‡a¨ †hwU Av‡M m¤úbœ nq, Zvi Past Perfect Ges †hwU c‡i m¤úbœ nq, Zvi Past
Indefinite Tense nq|
MVb cÖYvjx t †h KvRwU c~‡e© n‡qwQj, Zvi g~j Verb-Gi Past Participle iƒc e‡m Ges Zvi c~‡e©
had e‡m| h_v t The patient had died before the doctor came (Wv³vi Avmvi Av‡M
†ivMxwU gviv wM‡qwQj|) The train had left before we reached the station- Avgiv
†cŠuQvi c~‡e© MvoxwU †÷kb Z¨vM K‡iwQj|

4. Past Perfect Continuous Tense : AZxZ Kv‡j GKwU KvR Av‡MB Avi¤¢ n‡q Avi GKwU
Kv‡Ri c~e© ch©š— PjwQj, Giƒc eySv‡j Verb-Gi Past Perfect Continuous Tense nq|
MVb cÖYvjx t g~j Verb-Gi †k‡l ing †hvM Ki‡Z nq Ges Zvi c~‡e© had been e‡m| h_v t
I had been reading a book before he came- †m Avmvi c~e© ch©šÍ Avwg GKwU eB
cowQjvg|
We had been playing football since 4 PM. we‡Kj 4Uv ch©šÍ Avgiv dzUej †LjwQjvg|
Conjugation of Verb 'go' in all forms of Past Tense :

Past Indefinite Tense


Person Singular Plural
1st. I went (Avwg wM‡qwQjvg) We went (Avgiv wM‡qwQjvg|)
2nd You went (Zzwg wM‡qwQ‡j) You went. (†Zvgiv wM‡qwQ‡j|)
3rd He went †m wM‡qwQj They went Zviv wM‡qwQ‡jv|

Past Continuous Tense


Person Singular Plural
1st. I was going. Avwg hvw”Qjvg| We were going. Avgiv hvw”Qjvg|
2nd You were going. Zzwg hvw”Q‡j| You were going.†Zvgiv hvw”Q‡j|
3rd He was going. †m hvw”Qj| They were going. Zviv hvw”Qj|

Tense Page # 51
BBS Program

Past Perfect Tense


Person Singular Plural
1st. I had gone. (Avwg wM‡qwQjvg) We had gone. (Avgiv wM‡qwQjvg)
2nd You had gone. (Zzwg wM‡qwQ‡j) You had gone. (†Zvgiv wM‡qwQj)
3rd He had gone. (†m wM‡qwQj) They had gone. (Zviv wM‡qwQj|)

Past Perfect Continuous Tense


Person Singular Plural
1st. I had been going. We had been going.
(Avwg hvw”Qjvg) Avgiv hvw”Qjvg|
†Kvb AZxZ Kv‡h©i c~‡e©|
2nd You had been going. You had been going.
(Zzwg hvw”P‡j) †Zvgiv hvw”Q‡j|
3rd He had been going. They had been going.
†m hvw”Qj| Zviv hvw”Qj|
Future Tense
(fwel¨Z Kvj)
Future Tense Pvi cÖKvi| h_v t
1. Future Indefinite Tense.
2. Future Continuous Tense.
3. Future Perfect Tense
4. Future Perfect Continuous Tense.

1. Future Indefinite Tense : fwel¨‡Z †Kvb KvR m¤úbœ n‡e eySv‡j Verb-Gi Future
Indefinite Tense nq|
wPbevi Dcvq t evsjv wµqvi †k‡l †e, †ev, ev cÖZ¨q _vK‡j Bs‡iwR‡Z Future Indefinite
Tense eyS‡Z n‡e|
MVb cÖYvjx t G Tense MVb Ki‡Z n‡j g~j Verb-Gi ci shall ev will emv‡Z nq| mvaviYZt I
Ges will Gi ci shall Ges Avi mKj e¨w³ ev e¯Íyi ci will e‡m| †hgb t
I shall go- Avwg hve| We shall read- Avgiv coe|
You will play- Zzwg †Lj‡e| You will laugh- †Zvgiv nvm‡e|
He will come- †m Avm‡e| They will come- Zviv Avm‡e|
The dog will bark- KzKziwU †ND †ND Ki‡e| The cat will run- weovjwU †`Šov‡e|

2. Future Continuous Tense : fwel¨‡Z †Kvb KvR Pj‡Z _vK‡e eySv‡j Verb-Gi Future
Continuous nq|
wPbvevi Dcvq t evsjv ev‡K¨ B‡Z _vKe, B‡Z _vK‡e BZ¨vw` _vK‡j Verb-Gi Future
Continuous Tense nq|
MVb cÖYvjx t G Tense G evK¨ MVb Ki‡Z n‡j g~j Verb-Gi Av‡M Person †f‡` shall be ev
will be em‡e Ges g~j Verb- Gi †k‡l ing †hvM n‡e|
I shall be eating rice- Avwg fvZ †L‡Z _vKe|

Tense Page # 52
English

You will be going- Zzwg †h‡Z _vK‡e|


He will be playing- †m †Lj‡Z _vK‡e|
They will be reading- Zviv co‡Z _vK‡e|
3. Future Perfect Tense : †Kvb GKwU KvR nevi c~‡e© Avi GKwU KvR n‡q _vK‡e eySv‡j
Verb- Gi Future Perfect Tense nq|
MVb cÖYvjx t G Tense MVb Ki‡Z n‡j g~j Verb-Gi Av‡M Subject (KZ©v) Abyhvqx shall
have ev will have em‡e Ges g~j Verb-Gi Past Participle form n‡e| h_v t I shall
have eaten rice before he comes.
†m Avmvi Av‡M Avwg fvZ †L‡q _vKe|
4. Future Perfect Continuous Tense : fwel¨‡Z GKwU Kv‡Ri c~‡e© Aci GKwU KvR
wKQyKvj hver Pj‡Z _vK‡e eySv‡j Av‡Mi KvRwUi Future Perfect Continuous Tense nq|
MVb Kivi wbqg t G Tense MVb Ki‡Z n‡j g~j Verb-Gi Av‡M Subject Abyhvqx shall have
been ev will have been em‡e Ges g~j Verb-Gi †k‡l ing †hvM n‡e| c‡i m¤úvw`Z Verb
wUi Present ev Future Indefinite Tense n‡e| h_vÑ
He will have been working till ten o'clock.
†m `kUv ch©š— KvR Ki‡Z _vK‡e|
Conjugation of Verb 'go' in all forms of Future Tense.
Future Indefinite Tense
Person Singular Plural
1st. I shall go. Avwg hve| We shall go. Avgiv hve|
2nd. You will go. Zzwg hv‡e| You will go. †Zvgiv hv‡e|
3rd. He will go. †m hv‡e| They will go. Zviv hv‡e|
Future Continuous Tense
Person Singular Plural
1st. I shall be going. We shall be going.
Avwg †h‡Z _vKe| Avgiv †h‡Z _vKe|
2nd. You will be going. You will be going.
Zzwg †h‡Z _vK‡e| †Zvgiv †h‡Z _vK‡e|
3rd. He will be going. They will be going.
†m †h‡Z _vK‡e| Zviv †h‡Z _vK‡e|
Future Perfect Tense
Person Singular Plural
1st. I shall have gone. We shall have gone.
Avwg †h‡q _vKe| Avgiv †h‡q _vKe|
2nd. You will have gone. You will have gone.
Zzwg †h‡Z _vK‡e| †Zvgiv †h‡Z _vK‡e|
3rd. He will have gone. They will have gone.
†m †h‡Z _vK‡e| Zviv †h‡Z _vK‡e|

Tense Page # 53
Lesson
Phrasal Verbs / Group Verbs 10
Objectives :

At the end of this lesson you will be able to :


 5
5
5
explain phrasal or group verbs.
use phrasal or group verbs.
enrich the stock of words.
5 differentiate the group verbs.
5 solve the exercise.

wKQy wKQy Verb-Gi mv‡_ Preposition ev Adverb hy³ n‡q wewkóv_© (Idiomatic Sense) cÖKvk
K‡i| †hgb- Cholera has broken out in this village-GB MÖv‡g K‡jivi cÖv`yf©ve N‡U‡Q| GLv‡b
break out GKwU A‡_©i GKK, hvi A_© cÖv`yf©ve nIqv| ZvB break verb wU out preposition-Gi
mv‡_ hy³ n‡q mvaviYfv‡e A_© cÖKvk bv K‡i we‡kl fv‡e A_© cÖKvk K‡i‡Q| Gfv‡e †Kvb Verb hLb
Preposition ev Adverb Gi mv‡_ Awe‡”Q`¨fv‡e hy³ n‡q wewkóv_© cÖKvk K‡i, ZLb Zv‡K Group
Verb e‡j|

wb‡gœ wk¶v_x©‡`i Rb¨ †ekwKQy D`vniY †`qv n‡jv t


Bear down (cÖwZnZ Kiv) t We bore down all oppositions on the question.
Bear with (mn¨ Kiv) t How can I bear with such an insult?
Break down (†f‡O cov) t His health has broken down for overwork.
Break out (cÖv`yf©ve nIqv) t Cholera has broken out in this village.
Break up (†kl nIqv) t Our college breaks up at 5 p.m.
Break with (eÜzZ¡ wQbœ Kiv) t I broke with him for his bad conduct.
Bring about(NUvb) t This brought about change in him.
Bring forth (Rb¥ †`Iqv) t A lioness brings forth several cubs at a time.
Bring up (jvjb-cvjb Kiv) t The kind woman brought up the orphan boy.
Call at (Mgb Kiv) t I called at his office yesterday.
Call for (PvIqv) t I called for his explanation.
English

Call in (†W‡K cvVv‡bv) t I went to call in a doctor.


Call off (cÖZ¨vnvi Kiv) t The strike was called off.
Call on (†`Lv Kiv) t I called on him at his office.
Call up (¯§iY Kiv) t I cannot call up his name.
Carry on (PvjvBqv hvIqv) t He carried on his business.
Carry out (m¤úbœ Kiv) t He carried out my orders.
Come about (NUv) t How has this come about?
Come across (†`Lv) t I came across him on the way.
Come by (cvIqv) t I am glad to come by your letter.
Come of (Rb¥vb) t He comes of a respectable family.
Come off (msNwUZ nIqv) t The ceremony comes off tonight.
Come out (cÖKvwkZ nIqv) t The result will come out soon.
Come round (Av‡ivM¨ jvf Kiv) t He fainted and soon came round.
Come up to (mgvb nIqv) t The profit came up to my expectation.
Do away with (Z¨vM Kiv) t Do away with bad habits.
Do for (Lvc LvIqv) t This job will not do for me.
Do into (Abyev` Kiv) t Do this passage into English.
Do up (†cvkvK wVK Kiv) t Do up your dress.
Draw on (UvKv jIqv) t I drew on my bank balance.
Draw up (Lmov Kiv) t He drew up a petition.
Fall in with (GKgZ nIqv) t I cannot fall in with your views.
Fall out (weev` Kiv) t Brothers should not fall out.
Fall to (iZ nIqv) t As we were hungry, we fell to eating.
Go in for (cix¶v †`Iqv) t I shall go in for the examination this year.
Go on (Pvjv‡Z _vKv) t Go on with your work.
Go out (wb‡f hvIqv) t The lamp has gone out.
Get about (Pjv‡div Kiv) t He is too weak to get about.
Get at (†cŠuQv) t I tried to get at the truth.
Get on (Pjv) t I cannot get on without your help.
Get over (AwZµg Kiv) t I somehow get over the difficulty.
Get up (DVv) t Try to get up early in the morning.

Phrasal Verbs / Group Verbs Page # 55


BBS Program

Give away (w`‡q †`Iqv) t The Principal gave away the prizes.
Give in (bwZ ¯^xKvi Kiv) t I am the last man to give in.
Give off (Qovb) t The rose gives off a sweet smell.
Give up (Z¨vM Kiv) t Try to give up bad habits.
Hold on (†j‡M _vKv) t I will hold on my plan.
Held out (cÖ`vb Kiv) t He held out false hopes to me.
Hold over (¯’wMZ ivLv) t The meeting was held over for want of quorum.
Keep away (`~‡i _vKv) t Keep away from bad habits.
Keep down (`gb Kiv) t He could not keep down his passion.
Lay by (mÂq Kiv) t Lay by something from your income.
Lay down (wb‡`©k K‡i †`Iqv) t The Headmaster laid down rules for our conduct.
Lay out (e¨q Kiv) t He laid out a large sum of money in his daughter's marriage.
Lay up (kh¨vMZ nIqv) t I was laid up with fever.
Look after (†`Lv‡kvbv Kiv) t He looks after his business.
Look at (ZvKvb) t Look at the map.
Look down upon (N„Yv Kiv) t Do not look down upon the poor.
Look for (Avkv Kiv) t We look for better days.
Look forward (cÖZx¶v Kiv) t Man looks forward for the impossible.
Look into (Zbœ Zbœ K‡i †`Lv) t We shall look into the matter.
Look over (cix¶v Kiv) t I shall look over these papers.
Look out for (†LuvRv) t I am looking out for a good house.
Look upon (we‡ePbv Kiv) t I look upon you as my brother.
Look to (wbf©i Kiv) t I look to you for help.
Look up (Lyu‡R †ei Kiv) t Look up the word in the dictionary
Make after (wcQy wcQy hvIqv) t The police made after the thief.
Make for (Awfgy‡L hvIqv) t The ship made for the port.
Make out (eyS‡Z cviv) t I cannot make out the meaning of this poem.
Make over (mg_©b Kiv) t He made over the charge of his office.
Make up (c~iY Kiv) t I shall make up the loss.
Put by (mÂq Kiv) t Put by something from your Income.
Put down (†jLv) t Put down what I say.

Phrasal Verbs / Group Verbs Page # 56


English

Put off (Ly‡j †djv) t Put off your shoes.


Put on (cwiavb Kiv) t Put on your coat.
Put out (wbwf‡q †`Iqv) t Put out the lamp.
Put up (evm Kiv) t Where do you put up in Dhaka?
Put up with (mn¨ Kiv) t I cannot put up with this insult.
Pass away (gviv hvIqv) t The old man passed away last night.
Pass off (m¤úbœ nIqv) t The function passed off smoothly.
Pass over (we‡ewPZ nIqv) t We pass over to the next story.
Run after (AbymiY Kiv) t None should run after money.
Run at (AvµgY Kiv) t The cat ran at the rat.
Run into (RwoZ nIqv) t Do not run into debt.
Run out (†kl nIqv) t The ink of my pen has run out.
Run over (Pvcv cov) t The boy was run over by a car.
Run through (bó Kiv) t He ran through his wealth by gambling.
Set about (ïiy Kiv) t Let us set about the work now.
Set aside (evwZj Kiv) t The case was set aside by the judge.
Set in (ïiy nIqv) t The spring has set in.
Set off or out (hvÎv Kiv) t I shall set off for Chittagong tomorrow. We shall set out
on a journey.
Set on (†jwj‡q †`Iqv) t He set the dog on the boy.
Set up (¯’vcb Kiv) t I shall set up a shop in this town.
Set to (ïiy Kiv) t He set to work at the table.
Stand by (mg_©b Kiv) t He has agreed to stand by me.
Stand for (cÖZxK nIqv) t This mark stands for the name of the firm.
Take after (m`„k nIqv) t The son takes after his father.
Take down (†jLv) t Take down what I say.
Take for (g‡b Kiv) t I took him for an honest man.
Take 'off (Ly‡j ivLv) t Take off your shoes.
Take over (`vwqZ¡ MÖnY Kiv) t The new Principal has taken over the charge.
Take up (MÖnY Kiv) t I shall take up the work.
Take to (Af¨¯Í nIqv) t Do not take to smoking.
Turn into (Abyev` Kiv) t Turn the passage into English.

Phrasal Verbs / Group Verbs Page # 57


BBS Program

Turn up (nvwRi nIqv) t The boy turned up in time.


Turn out (ewn®‹vi Kiv) t The dishonest servant was turned out from the house.

EXERCISE
Fill in the gaps :
1. Cholera has broken__ in this village.
2. His foolishness has __ his ruin.
3. We had to call __ a doctor.
4. I shall carry __ your orders.
5. We could not get __ the truth.
6. Great hopes were held __ to me.
7. I look __ you as my friend.
8. Put __ the lamp.
9. Children take __ their parents.
10. He has agreed to stand __ me.

Phrasal Verbs / Group Verbs Page # 58


Lesson
Idiom and Phrase 11
Objectives :

At the end of this lesson you will be able to :


 5
5
5
know what Idiom and Phrase mean.
use of idioms and phrases.
increase vocabulary.
5 make new sentences.
5 use of different words.

Idiom and Phrase ev ÔevMaviv' nj GKwU wbw`©ó fve cÖKvkK Ôkã mgwó' hvi cÖwZwU c„_K c„_K kã
†_‡K gv‡S gv‡S A_© †ei Kiv cÖvq Am¤¢e| D`vniY¯^iƒc t At sixes and sevens- phrase wU
Av¶wiK fv‡e Avjv`v Avjv`v A_© cÖKvk bv K‡i GKwU evM‰ewkóMZ A_© cÖKvk K‡i| hvi A_©
Ôwek„´Ljfv‡e'|

wb‡æ wKQy Idioms and Phrases-Gi ZvwjKv wk¶v_x©‡`i myweavi Rb¨ †`qv nj t

A
A B C (primary knowledge, the rudiments, cÖv_wgK Ávb ) : He does not know even
the A B C of commerce.
Above all (more than anything else, m‡e©vcwi ) : Sheikh Farid was above all a
saint.
Above board (open, beyond reproach, m‡›`‡ni AZxZ) : His dealings are fair and
above board.
After all (in spite of all that has been said or done or expected, Zrm‡Ë¡I, †gv‡Ui
Ici) : His father is after all an honest man.
All at once (suddenly, mnmv) : All at once I saw a crowd, a host of golden
daffodils.
All but (almost, nearly, cÖvq): My friend is all but ruined.
All of a sudden or, All on a sudden (unexpectedly, m¤ú~Y© AvKw¯§K fv‡e) : All of a
sudden he fell into a ditch and broke his leg.
BBS Program

All in all (all powerful. m‡e©me©v) : The manager is all in all in the office.
All the same (the same is the result, GKB ev AcwiewZ©Z) : It is all the same to me
whether you go or not.
All over with (finished, me †kl) : It is all over with the patient now.
An open question (an undecided matter, AgxgvswmZ welq) : It still remains an open
question.
Apple of discord (subject of quarrel, Kj‡ni †nZz) : This plot of land is the apple of
discord between the two families.
As it were (so to say, wVK †hb) : The moon is, as it were the lamp of the earth.
As usual (as it commonly happens, h_vixwZ) : I went there as usual.
At a loss (confusedly in competent, wKsKZ©e¨ weg~p) : I am at a loss to decide how to
deal with the matter.
At all events (in any case, hvB NUzK bv †Kb) : At all events we shall start for Khulna
tomorrow.
At bottom (in essential character,g~jZ) : Mr. Amin is at bottom a good man.
At daggers drawn (at enmity, wee`gvb Ae¯’vq) : They are at daggers drawn with
each other.
At home in (very familiar with, mycwiwPZ, `¶) : He is quite at home in English.
At last (it refers to time, Ae‡k‡l) : The prince came at last.
At the latest (not later than, wKQy‡ZB c‡i bq) : Be off from here on Monday at the
latest.
At least (at the lower estimate Aš—Zt) : He is not your superior, he is at least
your equal.
At large (in general, at liberty, mvaviYZ, gy³) : This was popular with the people at
large.
At one's finger-ends (be thoroughly familiar with, bL`c©‡Y, Avq‡Ë¡) : I have my
lessons at my finger-ends.
At one's disposal (under one's control, Kv‡iv wbqš¿‡Y ev AwaKv‡i) : I can give you a
job for it is at my disposal.
At a stretch (without a break, GKbvMv‡o) : I can run five kilometers at a stretch.
At the eleventh hour (at the last moment †kl gyû‡Z©) : He came to the spot at the
eleventh hour.
At all (Av‡`Š) : I am not happy at all.
At length (we¯ÍvwiZfv‡e) : They discussed the matter at length.
At one's door (ØvicÖv‡šÍ) : There is somebody at your door.
A good many (eû msL¨K) : I have a good many things to do.
Idiom and Phrase Page # 60
English

At any rate (hvB †nvK) : I have decided to go at any rate.


As long as (hZ¶Y ch©š)Í : Don't go out as long as the rain continues.
A variety of (wewfbœ ai‡bi) : We read books for a variety of reasons.
Above all (m‡e©vcwi) : He is sincere, hardworking and above all honest.
At stake (At endangered position) : Nowadays the animals of the world are at
stake.
At large (Freely) : The birds fly in the sky at large.
A man of letters (A learned person) : A man of letters is respected everywhere.
At random (aimlessly) : They walked at random.
B
By means of (by dint of, Dcv‡q) : You can succeed in life only by means of hard
work.
Beggar description (to be indescribable) : The miseries of our locals beggar
description due to recent flood.
Bag and baggage (All belongings) : The man left the house bag and baggage.
Birds of the same feather (Persons of the same group) : Birds of the same
feather flock together.
Bring to light (to be known) : The secret matter of their family has been brought
to light.
Blue blood (Aristocracy) : She is proud of her blue blood.
Burning question (important issue) : Population problem in our country is a
burning question.
By the by (In reference to conversation) : By the by, are you satisfied with your
wife?
By dint of (By means of) : He succeeded in life by dint of perseverance.
Beyond dispute (undoubtedly) : He is, beyond dispute, a great person in our
locality.
Black and white (In a written form) : You should submit your appeal in black
and white.
Bolt from the blue (lightning without cloud) : The death news of his father
came to me as a bolt from the blue.
Bone of contention (A matter of dispute) : The occurrence is a bone of
contention for our family.
Bread and butter (livelihood) : She earns her bread and butter very hard.
By heart (To memorise) : It is your responsibility to learn the lesson by heart.
By turns (Serially) : Weal and woe come by turns.
By hook or by crook (at any cost) : They will harm her by hook or by crook.

Common Phrases and Idioms Page # 61


BBS Program

By leaps and bounds (at a rapid motion) : The price of daily commodities is
increasing by leaps and bounds.

C
Call in question (to doubt, m‡›`n Kiv) : His honesty cannot be called in question.
Call into play (to bring into action, e¨³ Kiv) : Adversity calls into play the best
qualities of a man.
Call to account (to call for an explanation, ˆKwdqZ `vex Kiv) : He was called to
account by his boss.
Call to mind (to remember, ¯§iY Kiv) : I cannot call to mind what you told me on
the way.
Carry into effect (to execute, m¤úv`b Kiv) : This plan was carried into effect.
Carry the day (to win, Rqjvf Kiv) : He joined the debate and carried the day.
Carry weight (to exert influence, ¸iyZ¡c~Y© nIqv) : The advice of the president
always carries weight with the Ministry.
Chicken-hearted man (a coward, fxiy) : He is a chicken hearted man.
Close-fisted man (a miser, KÄym): Nobody likes a close-fisted man.
Cock and bull story (a foolish story, MvRv‡Lvix Mí) : I have really no time to listen
cock and bull story.
Come to light (to be known, RvbvRvwb nIqv) : The secret has come to light.
Come true (to be proved true, mZ¨ e‡j cÖgvwYZ nIqv) : The rumour about his death
has come true.
Come to terms (to yield, Av‡cvl Kiv) : He was compelled to come to terms with the
enemy.
Come to a head (to supperate, Pig Ae¯’vq †cŠuQvb): The boil has come to a head.
Come to nothing (not to be put into effect, e¨_© nIqv) : The scheme for the
irrigation of this area came to nothing for many reasons.
Crocodile tears (false, Or, pretended grief, gvqvKvbœv) : He shed crocodile tears at
the death of his enemy.
Crying need (urgent necessary, ¸iyZi cÖ‡qvRb) : Primary education is the crying
need of the country.
Come round (To be sound) : She has come round from fever.
Cats and dogs (in torrents) : It has been raining cats and dogs since morning.
Carry out (To abide by) : It is your duty to carry out every order of office.
Close to (adjacent to) Their shop is close to ours.

Idiom and Phrase Page # 62


English

Do away with (‡jvc Kiv) : We should do away with this bad practice.
Do good (KviI DcKvi Kiv) : This measure will do us good.
Dead against (†Nvi we‡ivax) : I am dead against smoking.
Die in harness (KvR Ki‡Z Ki‡Z gviv hvIqv) : He died in harness.
Double game (wØgyLx bxwZ) : I don't like his double game.
Draw up (gymvwe`v Kiv) : He drew up the agreement.
Day after day (w`‡bi ci w`b) : She waited for him day after day.

F
Fall flat (no to be effective, cÖfve we¯Ív‡i e¨_© nIqv) : His lecture falls flat on the
audience.
Fall foul of (to quarrel, Kjn Kiv) : He is in the habit of falling foul of every body.
Fall in with (to agree with, GKgZ nIqv) : I cannot fall in with your views.
Fair and square (honest and just, mr) : He was fair and square in all his
dealings.
Fair weather friend (false friend, mymg‡qi eÜz) : Never trust a fair weather friend.
Fall a prey to (to fall a victim to, wkKv‡i cwiYZ nIqv) : The deer fell a prey to the
lion.
Fall short of (be inadequate, NvUwZ cov) : Your work fall short of our expectation.
Far and near or, Far and wide (all around, PZzw`©‡K) : The news spread far and
wide.
Few and far between (at wide intervals, gv‡S g‡a¨, weij) : In this part of the
country houses are few and far between.
Fight shy of (to avoid,Gwo‡q Pjv) : Why do you try to fight shy of your teacher?
Fire and fury (violent passion, cÖPÛ †ivl I D‡ËRbv) : The language of the speaker
was full of fire and fury.
First and foremost (of the greatest importance, cÖ_g I me©vwaK ¸iyZ¡c~Y©) : The first
and foremost duty of a student is to read.
Find fault with (complain about, LyuZ aiv) : He is always in the habit of finding
fault with everybody.
Fish out of water (a person in an uncomfortable position, A¯^w¯—Ki Ae¯’vq cwZZ
e¨w³) : He feels like a fish out of water.
Flesh and blood (human nature, i³ gvs‡mi kixi) : These are things which flesh
and blood cannot bear.
For the time being (for the present, eZ©gvb mg‡qi Rb¨) : Please stay here for the
time being.
Common Phrases and Idioms Page # 63
BBS Program

For the sake of (on account of, Rb¨ ev wbwgË) : He suffered much for the sake of
his country.
For good (for ever, wPiZ‡i) : He left Bangladesh for good.
Fool's paradise (happiness on vain hopes, g~‡L©i ¯^M)© : You should not live in a
fool's paradise.
From hand to mouth (very poor, w`b G‡b w`b Lvq) : The peasants of Bangladesh
live from hand to mouth.
From head to foot (whole body, Avc`g¯ÍK) : He eyed the rogue from head to foot.
From pillar to post (hither and thither, GK Avkªq n‡Z Ab¨ Avkª‡q) : He was driven
from pillar to post.
Fresh blood (new and enthusiastic person, D`¨gx ZiyY m¤úª`vq) : We want fresh
blood in the field of politics.
Free and easy (unrestrained, D`vi I mnR) : His free and easy manner won the
hearts of all.
Far and away (in every sense, mew`K we‡ePbv K‡i) : Rabindranath is far and away
the greatest poet of the world.
From bad to worse (gradually going bad, µ‡g µ‡g Lviv‡ci w`‡K) : The patient's
condition is going from bad to worse.

G
Go back (wd‡i hvIqv) : He went back home.
Get in (†cŠuQv) : The train got in five hours late.
Get to (†cŠuQv) : How can I get to Sadar Ghat?
Give way to (nvi gvbv) : Sometimes reason gives way to unreason.
Go across (cvi nIqv) : We went across the river by boat.
Go ahead (GwM‡q hvIqv) : Go ahead with your plan.
Go back to (wd‡i hvIqv) : I went back to my work.
Go one's own way (wb‡Ri gZ Pjv) : I have always preferred to go my own way.
Grow out of (QvovBqv hvIqv) : The boy has grown out of the shirt.
Guilty conscience (Aciva‡eva) : He suffers from a guilty conscience.
Get at (bvMvj cvIqv) : The box could not get at the grapes.
Get on with (Pjv) : How are you getting on with your studies?
Get up (kh¨v Z¨vM Kiv) : I get up at 6 O'clock in the morning.
Gift of the gab (evwM¥Zv) : He has gift of the gab.
Give in (ek¨Zv ¯^xKvi Kiv) : I will never give in to him.
Idiom and Phrase Page # 64
English

Gain ground (AMÖmi nIqv) : He could not gain ground.


Get the better of (civwRZ Kiv) : I got the better of him.
Get rid of (gyw³ cvIqv) : I must get rid of this situation.
Go in for (Dcw¯’Z _vKv) : I shall go in for the examination.
Go through (cov) : I have gone through the book.
Gala day (a day of festivity, Avb‡›`vrm‡ei w`b) : The 26th of march is a gala day for
all Bangladeshis.
Get rid of (give up, gy³ nIqv) : Get rid of this bad habit.

H
Hard times (times of difficulty, `ytmn mgq) : Poet Madhusudan was then passing
through very hard times.
Hang fire (to remain undecided, AgxgvswmZ _vKv) : The matter has been hanging
fire for some time.
Hang in the balance (to be in suspense, m‡›`n ev AwbðqZvi g‡a¨ _vKv) : The fate of
the prisoner is still hanging in the balance.
Hole and corner (secret, †Mvcb ev inm¨c~Y©) : I do not like his hole and corner policy.
Haunted house (a house supposed to be haunted by a ghost, fzZz‡i evwo) : It is not
possible for us to live in a haunted house.
Hold water (to stand scruiting, cix¶vq Driv‡q hvIqv) : His argument does not hold
water.
Hold good (to prove valid, ejer nIqv) : This policy will hold good in the long run.
Hue and cry (up roar, †kvi‡Mvj) : They raised a hue and cry at the sight of a thief.
Hush money (money given as bribe to husk up matter, Nyl) : The manager
offered the police a large sum as hush money.
Hard and fast (fixed, euvav-aiv) : There is no hard and fast rule in this matter.
Hang together (to be consistent with, m½wZc~Y© nIqv) : The two statements of the
accused do not hang together.
Heart and soul (earnestly, me©všÍtKi‡Y) : Alam is trying heart and soul to win the
prize.
Head and tail (not a jat of sense, gv_vgyÛy) : I couldn't make head and tail of what
he said.
High time (far advanced time, Dchy³ mgq) : It is the high time and you can start
now.
High and low (all classes of society, abx I Mixe) : All men high and low will die.

Common Phrases and Idioms Page # 65


BBS Program

Hard and fast (specific, fixed, aiv euvav) : There is no hard and fast rule in this
matter.
I
In accordance with (according to, Abymv‡i) : My friend acted in accordance with
your advice.
In as much as (since, ‡h‡nZz) : In as much as you are repentant, I pardon you this
time.
In a fix (in a difficult situation, gykwK‡j cwZZ) : I am in a fix and so I am in need of
your help.
In black and white (in writing, wjwLZfv‡e) : I must have your statement in black
and white.
In cold blood (deliberately, w¯’i gw¯Íl‡K) : The man was murdered in cold blood.
In case (if, hw`) : In case you fail, what will you do?
In defence of (in support of, mg_©‡b) : The convict pleaded in defence of his
conduct.
In the event of (in case, NUbvP‡µ) : What will you do in the event of your father's
death?
In fine (in short, to sum up, Dcmsnv‡i) : In fine it was a piece of swindling.
In the face of (in opposition to, mivmwi we‡ivwaZv Kiv) : He proceeded with this work
all alone in the face of opposition from all quarters.
In full swing (in full force, cy‡iv`‡g) : The work is going on in full swing.
In good stead (be of specialise, Kv‡iv Kv‡R Avmv) : My father's advice will stand you
in good stead at all times.
In keeping with (consistent with, mvgÄm¨c~Y©) : What does he is hardly in keeping
with what he says.
In lieu of (in stead of, cwie‡Z©) : Mamun took up English in lieu of Bengali.
In no time (soon,kxNªB) : Our captain will come here in no time.
In spite of (notwithstanding, m‡Ë¡I) : They went out in spite of the rain.
In the long run (ultimately, me©‡k‡l, cwiYv‡g) : You will have to suffer in the long
run for your conduct.
In a dilemma (don't know what to do, danger in both side, Dfq msK‡U) : He was
in a dilemma because both the men were his relatives.
In favour of (to support someone, to work for someone, AbyK‚‡j, c‡¶) : They
canvassed in favour of my brother.
In good faith (with good and honest intent, mij-wek¦v‡m) : He told me every thing
in good faith.

Idiom and Phrase Page # 66


English

In order to (for the purpose of doing something, D‡Ï‡k¨) : We went there in order
to met the man.
In the guise (garb) of (in disguise of, QÙ‡e‡k) : He told a great lie in the guise of
an interesting story.
In the wake (train) of (just after, wVK c‡i) : The police came in the wake of the
accident.

J
Jack of all trades (someone who can do several different jobs instead of
specializing in one, meRvšÍv) : The precious boy is a jack of all trades and
master of none.
K
Keep body and soul together (to keep alive, †Kvbg‡Z †eu‡P _vKv) : This blind beggar
has no means to keep body and soul together.
Look after (To take care of) : It is our responsibility to look after our parents.
Look for (To find) : What are you looking for?
Long for (To wish) : She longs for getting educated.
Lose heart (To be disappointed) : Do not lose heart at the sight of danger.
Maiden Speech (First lecture) : That was her maiden speech.
Make sure (To ensure) : Make sure that your daily food consists of all the
important elements.
Make haste (To be hasty) : Do not make haste while doing any work.
Null and void (to be cancelled) : The law has been null and void.
O
Odds and ends (stray things, UzwK UvwK¸‡jv) : Your brain is filled with all sorts of
odds and ends.
On the brink of Or, On the verge of (very near to, AwZ mwbœK‡U) : The gentle man
is on the brink of ruin.
Oh behalf of (as representative of, c‡¶) : Our captain will speak on behalf of our
club.
On the contrary (on the other hand, rather than, c¶vš—‡i) : I do not hate you,
on the contrary I like you.
Of course (naturally, ¯^fveZB) : Kamal succeeded in life and was of course
praised by all.
On the score of Or, On ground of (on account of, Kvi‡Y) : The clerk was
dismissed on the score of his long absence from office.
One and all (everyone and separately, cÖ‡Z¨‡K) : The jurors, one and all declared
him innocent.

Common Phrases and Idioms Page # 67


BBS Program

Once in a while (rarely, KLbI KLbI) : My uncle comes to our house once in a
while.
Once and again (frequently, GKvwaKevi, cÖvqB) : I warned him once and again not
to go out.
Once for all (now and for the time, †klev‡ii g‡Z) : He left his native land once for
all.
Off and on (occasionally, g‡a¨ g‡a¨) : My friend comes here off and on.
Of no avail (of no use, wbõj) : My effort was of no avail.
Of late (recently, m¤úªwZ) : Of late Rahim has become very rich.
On the eve of (just before, cÖv°v‡j) : Mr. Dulal went to Dhaka on the eve of the
puja vacation.
On pain of (subject to penalty of, kvw¯—i fq †`LvBqv) : The man was forced to sign
the document on pain of continued harassment.
On the point of (about to, AwZ wbK‡U) : The patient is now on the point of death.
On the look out for (looking for, mÜv‡b) : Samal is on the look out for a job.
On the whole (generally speaking, †gv‡Ui Dci) : The boy's conduct was on the
whole good.
Open secret (secret known to all, †h ¸ß inm¨ A‡b‡KiB Rvbv ) : It is an open secret
that this police man takes bribes.
Out and out (fully, m¤ú~Y©iƒ‡c) : Nazrul Islam was out and out a rebel poet.
Out of doors (in or into the open air, ‡Lvjv RvqMvq) : Boys were playing out of
doors.
Out of gear (out of order, APj) : War and famine throw human society out of
gear.
Out of pocket (a loser, UvKv Kwonxb) : He is out of pocket by transaction.
Out of date (old fashion, †m‡K‡j) : The practice is now out of date.
P
Pull up (‡U‡b †Zvjv) : He cannot pull the stake up.
Prepared for (cÖ¯—zZ) : I am prepared for the consequence.
Pass through (AwZµg Kiv) : He passed through Dhaka to reach Gazipur.
Pros and cons (¯^c‡¶ I wec‡¶ hy³mg~n) : I know the pros and cons of the plan.
Put down (†jLv) : You should put down the matter.
Put up with (mn¨ Kiv) : I cannot put up with this insult.

Idiom and Phrase Page # 68


English

Red letter day (Memorable day) : 21st February is a red letter day in our
history.
Run after (wcQ‡b QyUv) : He ran after money.
Rule out (ev` †`qv) : The police have ruled out the suicide.

S
Salt of the earth (persons with very high qualities, c„w_exi †kªô e¨w³MY) : Men like
vedyasagar and Lincoln were the salt of the earth.
Sheet anchor (the final support, †kl Aej¤^b) : Alexander the Great's Indian
expedition is the sheet anchor of Indian chronology.
Sit on the fence (to remain neutral, wbi‡c¶ _vKv) : The man who sits on the fence
is very often misunderstood.
Skin and bone (skeleton, Aw¯’-Pg©mvi) : This disease has left my friend skin and
bone.
Slow coach (a person who is slow in action, Kz‡o †jvK) : You should not depend
on a slow coach like him in such an urgent matter.
Snake in the grass (a secret foe, ¸ß kÎy) : He suspects his friend, but is
unconcerned about the snakes in the grass.
So to say or, so to speak (by the by, ej‡Z wK) : The head clerk is so to say all in
this office.
Square meal (full meal, †cUfiv Avnvi) : The poor in Bangladesh want only two
square meals a day.
Stand to (to stick to, AwePwjZ fv‡e †j‡M _vKv) : My friend will ever stand to his
promise.
Sum and substance (summary, mvigg©) : The sum and substance of his speech is
this.
Storm in a tea-pot (to uproar about practically nothing. Zz”Q wel‡q cÖPÛ we‡¶vf) :
She raised a storm in a tea pot over the loss of a handkerchief.
Safe and sound (safe and whole or healthy, without any danger, wbivc‡`) : The
fighter plane bombed on the target and returned safe and sound.
Sum and substance (Gist) : I can't understand the sum and substance of the
poem.
T
Talk big (to boast, eo eo K_v ejv) : He talks big about himself.
Tall talk (high-sounding talk, eo eo K_v) : We should not rely upon a person who
always indulges in tall talk.
Take heart (to be encouraged, DrmvwnZ nIqv) : Mukul took heart at his teacher's
words.
Take to heart (to mortify, AšÍ‡i e¨_v cvIqv) : Mr. Khan took the insult to heart.
Common Phrases and Idioms Page # 69
BBS Program

Take a fancy to (to like, cQ›` nIqv) : I took a fancy to his stick.
Take into account or consideration (to regard, we‡ePbvi welwqfz³ Kiv) : While
teaching the boys a teacher should take their age into account.
Tell upon (to affect, ¶wZ Kiv) : His sleeplessness will tell upon his health.
The dogs of war (devastating activities, i³cvZ I aŸsmjxjv) : Nadir Shah let loose
the dogs of war on Delhi.
Through and through (completely, m¤ú~Y©fv‡e) : He is wet through and through.
The three R's (elementary education, b~¨bZg wk¶v) : The boy learns the three R's at
home.
To a fault (excessively, gvÎv Qvwo‡q) : She is generous to a fault.
To the contrary (in opposition, wecix‡Z) : He will come on Sunday unless you
write him to the contrary.
To a T (nicely, mwVKfv‡e) : This new office suits me to a T.
Tooth and nail (desperately, D‡V c‡o jvMv) : They fought tooth and nail for their
right.
To the backbone (in the inmost being, nv‡o nv‡o) : This boy is wicked to the
backbone.
To the letter (strictly, h_vh_fv‡e) : Halem followed my instructions to the letter.
Turn tail (to escape, to run away. ‡jR ¸Uvb, cvwj‡q hvIqv) : At last the pak army
turned tail from Bangladesh.
Throw cold water (discourage, wbiyrmvn Kiv) : Nobody should throw cold water on
the efforts of children.
Ups and downs (Rise and fall) : There are ups and downs in one's life.
W
Well off (Solvent) : The condition of their family is well off.
Weal and woe (Happiness and sorrow) : Weal and woe come by turns.
With a view to (In order to) : He went to Dhaka with a view to doing the work.
Worthy of (Qualified) : She is worthy of getting the prize.
Without fail (Surely) : He will come here without fail.

Idiom and Phrase Page # 70


LESSO
Lesson
N
Appropriate Preposition 12
Objectives :

At the end of this lesson you will be able to :


 understand the Appropriate Preposion.
 know many Prepositions.
 use of preposition properly.
 realize the picture of preposition.

Pre = c~‡e©, Position = Ae¯’vb| myZivs Preposition = c~‡e© Ae¯’vb| Preposition mvaviYZ noun ev
Pronoun Gi Av‡M e‡m| wb‡Pi evK¨¸‡jv j¶¨ KiybÑ
I bought a book for you (Avwg †Zvgvi Rb¨ GKwU eB wK‡bwQjvg)
She lives with me. (‡m Avgvi mv‡_ _v‡K)
Dc‡ii cÖ_g ev‡K¨i for kãwU book Ges you Gi ga¨Kvi m¤úK© eySv‡”Q| wØZxq ev‡K¨ with kãwU live I me
Gi ga¨Kvi m¤úK© ¯’vcb K‡i‡Q| GB for Ges with n‡jv preposition ev c`vš^qx Ae¨q|
†h kã ev word †Kvb noun ev pronoun Gi Av‡M e‡m Sentence Gi Aš—M©Z Ab¨ †Kvb word Gi mwnZ
Dnvi wK m¤^Ü Zv e‡j †`q, Zv‡K Preposition e‡j|
D`vniY t for (Rb¨), with (Øviv, m‡½), at (G, †Z, cÖwZ), on (Dc‡i), of (i, Gi), by (Øviv, w`qv, cv‡k¦©,
KZ…©K), from (n‡Z), before (c~‡e©), about (m¤úK©), after (c‡i), off (`~‡i), between (`y Gi g‡a¨), under
(bx‡P), down (bx‡P), behind (wcQ‡b), upon (Dc‡i), outside (evwn‡i), among (A‡b‡Ki g‡a¨), near
(wbK‡U), into (g‡a¨), over (Dc‡i) cÖf„wZ Preposition (c`vš^qx Ae¨q) wnmv‡e e¨eüZ nq|
Preposition mvaviYZ Qq (6) cÖKvi| h_v:
(i) Simple Preposition : Bnv mvaviYZt GKwU kã Øviv MwVZ nq| †hgb: at, by, on, in, with, of, from,
off, after BZ¨vw`|
(ii) Double Preposition : hLb `yBwU Simple Preposition hy³ nBqv GKwU Preposition-Gi b¨vq e¨eüZ
nq ZLb Zvnv‡K Double Preposition e‡j| †hgb: upon (up+on), into (in+to) BZ¨vw`|
(iii) Compound Preposition : †Kvb Noun, Adjective ev Adverb-Gi c~‡e© †Kvb Simple Preposition
hy³ nBqv †h Preposition MwVZ nq Zvnv‡K Compound Preposition e‡j| G‡¶‡Î mvaviYZ: on Gi
¯’‡j a Ges be Gi ¯’‡j by nq| †hgbÑ
across = on (a) + cross
along = one (a) + long
behind = by (be) + hind
before = by (be) + fore
without = with + out
BBS Program

(iv) Phrase Preposition : `yB ev Z‡ZvwaK Word hLb me©`v GKÎ _vwKqv GKwU GKK Preposition-Gi
b¨vq e¨eüZ nq ZLb Zvnv‡K Phrase Preposition e‡j| †hgb: in front of, on account of, for want
of BZ¨vw`|
(v) Participle Preposition : KZK¸wj Present Participle ev Part Participle, Preposition-Gi b¨vq
e¨eüZ nBqv _v‡K| Bnvw`M‡K Participle Preposition e‡j| †hgb: Considering, regarding, during
BZ¨vw`|
(vi) Disguise Preposition : Disguise A_© QÙ‡ek| KLbI KLbI a Ges o h_vµ‡g on Ges of Gi
cwiewZ©Z AvKv‡i cÖKvk cvq| Bnv‡K Disguise Preposition e‡j| †hgbÑ
He went a (on) hunting (on = a)
It is ten o’(of) clock (of = o)

wb‡gœ wewfbœ ai‡bi Preposition D`vniYmn Av‡jvPbv Kiv nj t


1. At, in: eo ¯’vb ev mg‡qi c~‡e© in Ges †QvU ¯’vb ev mg‡qi c~‡e© At e‡m|
He went there at 8 o’clock in the evening.
He lives at Rupsha in Khulna.
2. In, into: ‡Kvb wKQyi wfZ‡i Aew¯’Z eySv‡Z ev w¯’wZkxjZv eySv‡j in Ges wfZ‡i cÖ‡ek ev MwZkxjZv
Ges iƒcvš—wiZ nIqv eySv‡j into e‡m|
They entered into the room.
The students are in the room.
3. On, in, at : w`b ev Zvwi‡Li c~‡e© on, gvm ev eQ‡ii c~‡e© in Ges wbw`©ó mg‡qi c~‡e© at e‡m|
I shall meet you at 5 o’clock on Sunday in January.
4. In, to, on : mxgvi g‡a¨ eySv‡Z in, mxgvi evwn‡i eySv‡Z to Ges mxgvi Dc‡i eySv‡Z on e¨eüZ nq|
†hgbt
Dhaka is on the Buriganga.
The Sunderbans is to the south of the country.
Dhaka city college is in the heart of the city.
5. Beside, besides: “cv‡k¦©Ó A_© eySv‡Z beside Ges ÒBnv Qvov/ AwaKš‘Ó eySv‡Z besides e¨eüZ nq|
†hgbt
He sat beside me.
Besides this pen I have two other pens.
6. Between, among : `yÕ‡qi g‡a¨ between Ges `yÕ‡qi AwaK n‡j among e¨eüZ nq| †hgbt
Divide the mangoes between the two boys.
Divide the mangoes among the boys of the class.
7. By, with: ‡h K‡i Zvi c~‡e© by Ges hvi Øviv (instrument) Kiv nq Zvi c~‡e© with e‡m| †hgbt
The tiger was killed by the hunter with a gun.
8. Since, for t †Kvb KvR ïiy n‡q GLbI Pj‡Q eySv‡j wbw`©ó mgq (point of time) -Gi Av‡M since I
e¨vcK mgq (period of time) Gi Av‡M for e‡m| G‡`i Av‡M Perfect Tense Gi verb e‡m| †hgbÑ
He has been ill for three days.

Appropriate Preposion Page # 72


English

I have been here since Monday last.


KvRwU AZx‡Z †kl n‡q †M‡Q eySv‡j for Gi Av‡M Past Indefinite Tense em‡Z cv‡i| †hgbÑ
He was absent for two days.
9. Above, up t ¯úk© Qvov Dc‡i eySv‡Z Above Ges Dc‡i eySv‡Z up e¨eüZ nq| †hgbÑ
The sky is above our head (Avgv‡`i gv_vi Dc‡i AvKvk)
He climbed up he hill. (†m cvnv‡o Av‡ivnb Ki‡jv)
10. On, Over t Dc‡i A‡_© on Ges †Kvb wKQz Dc‡i, Z‡e †j‡M †bB Giƒc eySv‡Z over e¨eüZ nq|
The book is on the table (eBwU †Uwe‡ji Dc‡i)
The bird is over our head (cvwLwU Avgv‡`i gv_vi Dc‡i)
11. Before, by, within t wbw`©ó mgq (point of time) Gi Av‡M before I by Ges e¨vcK mgq (period
of time) Gi Av‡M within e‡m t
You must reach here by or before 8 O’clock.
He came back within an hour.
12. In, within t ‡Kvb wbw`©ó mgqKv‡ji †kl w`‡K †Kvb KvR NU‡e Giƒc eySv‡Z in Ges H mg‡qi g‡a¨ †Kvb
KvR NU‡e Giƒc eySv‡Z within e¨eüZ nq|
He will come in a week.
He will come within a week.
13. Off : †Kvb Z‡ji Dci †_‡K †Kvb KvR H Z‡ji evB‡i wM‡q NU‡Q Giƒc eySv‡j off e¨eüZ nq| †hgbÑ
Keep the pot off the table (cvÎwU †Uwe‡ji Dci †_‡K mivI)
14. Along t †Kvb ¯’v‡bi `~i‡Z¡i mv‡_ Zvj wgwj‡q avivevwnK fv‡e GKwU KvR NU‡e Giƒc eySvj along
e¨eüZ nq|
I walked along the river side (Avwg b`xi cvo a‡i †n‡U wQjvg)
15. In, after t Future ev Present tense- G in Ges past tense G after e¨eüZ nq| †hgbÑ
He will come back in a week (wZwb GK mßv‡ni g‡a¨ wd‡i Avm‡eb)
He came after a week. (wZwb GK mßvn c‡i G‡mwQ‡jb)

wk¶v_x©‡`i myweav‡_© Preposition -Gi e¨envi msµvšÍ GKwU mvaviY wPÎ Zz‡j aiv nj t

up, over

at
behind on

through
outside
beside, by in, inside
into

below, down, under, beneath

in front of

Appropriate Preposion Page # 73


BBS Program

Exercise
1. He lives ------ Wari ------- Dhaka.
2. He looked ------- me.
3. He will come here -------- 5 o’clock.
4. She is ------ the kitchen.
5. He lives ------ London.
6. He works ------ the morning.
7. I went there -------- 1995.
8. I was born ------- May -------- 1971.
9. She came -------- meet me.
10. They went -------- the field.
11. Jerry sat -------- the fire.
12. He entered --------- the room.
13. Comilla is --------- the east of Border.
14. Be sympathetic --------- me.
15. The cow lives ------- grass.
16. I shall come ------- 5. p. m.
17. A snake was killed --------- the man.
18. The fox fell --------- the well.
19. He died ----------- cholera.
20. He died --------- accident.
21. Divide the mangoes --------- them.
22. There was water all --------- them.
23. Jerry sat ------------ the writer.
24. It is -------- my means to buy a car.
25. He is dull -------- English.

Appropriate Preposion Page # 74


Lesson
Punctuation and Capitalization 13
Objectives :

At the end of this lesson you will be able to :


 5

5
realize what punctuation and capitalization mean.
find out different punctuations.
5 use of capitalisation.
5 solve exercise.

Avgiv K_v e‡j ev wj‡L g‡bi fve cÖKvk Ki‡Z wM‡q gv‡S gv‡S _vwg ev weivg MÖnY Kwi| G _vgv ev
weivg MÖnY Kievi wb‡`©k †`qvi Rb¨ †h me wPý e¨envi Kiv nq †m¸wj‡K GKmv‡_ Marks of
Punctuation ev (weivg wPý) e‡j| Gme weivg wPý mwVK ¯’v‡b mwVK e¨envi Kiv bv n‡j A_©‡ev‡a
Amyweav nq| weivg wPý Qvov A_©‡evaB KwVb n‡q c‡o|
bx‡P cÖavb cÖavb weivg wPý¸wj †`qv nj t
1. Comma ( ')
2. Full Stop ( .)
3. Semicolon ( ;)
4. Colon ( : )
5. Inverted Comma ("—")
6. Note of Interrogation (?)
7. Note of Exclamation (!)
8. Apostrophe ( ' )
9. Hyphen ( - )
10. Dash ( - )

1. Comma (,)
(i) GKB RvZxq KZK¸wj kã GK¯’v‡b ci ci em‡j †m¸wj‡K c„_K Ki‡Z Comma e¨envi Ki‡Z
nq| h_vÑ Alam, Abu and Amina are coming. I bought fish, vegetables, rice,
sugar and ghee.
wKš—z GK RvZxq `ywU kã GK‡Î em‡j and Øviv †hvM Kiv nq Ges Comma e‡m bv|
(ii) Case in apposition- †K Comma w`‡q c„_K Kiv nq|
Mr. Murshed, our Headmaster, is a good man.
BBS Program

(iii) Case of, Adress (m‡¤^vab c`)-†K Comma w`‡q g~j Sentence n‡Z c„_K Kiv nq|
Jalil, you may take this.
(iv) †Rvovq †Rvovq kã e¨eüZ n‡j cÖwZ †Rvov wew”Qbœ Kievi Rb¨ High and low, rich and
poor, wise and fool.
(v) Absolute evK¨vs‡ki c‡i The sun having set, we started for home. Dinner being
over, the guests left the table.
(vi) ev‡K¨i g‡a¨ mwbœ‡ewkZ †Kvb Word ev Words-†K wew”Qbœ Ki‡Z : I shall, however, help
you.
(vii) DØ„wZi Av‡M †h Verb _v‡K Zvi c‡i Comma e‡m t He said, "I shall help you."

2. Full Stop- (.)


(i) Assertive I Optative Sentence-Gi †k‡l Full Stop e‡m| h_v-
(a) I am a boy.
(b) They went to Dhaka.
(c) He does not know me.
(d) May you live long.
(e) God save the president.
(ii) †Kvb Word †Kvb †jv‡Ki, †Kvb e¯‘i ev †Kvb wKQyi bvg ms‡¶‡c wjL‡j, ms‡¶‡c †jLv eY©¸wji
Full Stop c‡i e‡mt
S. A. Wahab, B.A. Habib Khan, B.A, M.A. BZ¨vw`|

3. Semi-Colon (;)
Sentence-Gi `y'wU As‡ki g‡a¨ wbKU m¤úK© _vK‡j 'Semi-colon' w`‡q c„_K Kiv nq|
(a) Work hard; other wise you will fail.
(b) He was late for school; therefore, he missed a lesson.

4. Colon- (:)
(i) c~e©eZx© Sentence-Gi wel‡q †Kvb cÖgvY ev KviY †`Lv‡Z colon-Gi e¨envi nq| †hgbt
(a) I know him well : We lived together for five years.
(b) He cried out : What a sad thing!
(ii) `„óvš—, D`vniY, e¨vL¨v BZ¨vw`i Av‡M Colon e‡m| Verbs are of two kinds : Transitive
and Intransitive.
5. Inverted Comma ("—")
(D×…wË wPý)
Kv‡iv K_v AweKj cÖKvk Ki‡Z n‡j Zv‡K Inverted Comma-Gi g‡a¨ ivL‡Z nq| †hgb t
(a) Rahim said to me, "I shall meet you today."
(b) I said to Karim, "I am glad to see you."

punctuation and capitalization mean. Page # 76


English

6. Note of Interrogation-(?)
(cÖkœ‡evaK wPý)
cÖkœ wRÁvmv Kiv n‡j Interrogative Sentence-Gi †k‡l Note of Interrogation e¨eüZ n‡q
_v‡K| †hgb t
(a) Who are you?
(b) Have you done this work?

7. Note of Exclamation (!)


(Av‡eM m~PK wPý)
(i) †h Sentence nl©, weev`, we¯§q, cÖf…wZ g‡bi Av‡eM eySvq (Exclamatory), Zvi †k‡l note of
Exclamation e‡m|
(a) What a fine picture ! - Avb›`|
(b) What a sad news it is! - `yytL|
(ii) Exclamatory Sentence-Gi Av‡eM †evaK k‡ãi c‡i e‡m-
(a) Alas! the baby is dead!

8. Apostrophe (')
(i) Possessive Case ev m¤^Ü c‡`i c‡i apostrophe mn S e‡m|
(a) This is a children's park.
(b) It is my sister's house.
(ii) †hvM¨Zv †evaK e‡Y©i eûeP‡b t Apostrophe e¨envi Kiv nq t B.A.'S, M A.'S.
(iii) †Kvb Word-G †Kvb eY© ev eY© mgwó jyß n‡j Zv †jL‡Z Apostrophe e¨envi nq t
(a) Don't (do not) waste your time.
(b) I've (I have) a costly clock.

9. Hyphen (-)
(i) Compound word MVb Ki‡Z -hyphen e¨envi Kiv nq t
(a) My father-in-law is a wise man.
(b) The commander-in-chief of England.

10. Dash (-)


(i) wPšÍvi ev fv‡ei AvKw¯§K cwieZ©‡b- h_v t
If my father were alive - but why I pine for Past.
(ii) e¨vL¨v †`Iqvi Rb¨ e¨eüZ kãmg~n‡K c„_K Ki‡Z - h_v t
I bought many things- pen, papers, books etc.
(iii) ev‡K¨i AmsjMœ Ask Ry‡o w`‡Z `y'cv‡k `y'wU Dash e¨eüZ n‡q _v‡K| h_v t
All the boys- regular and irregular- have come.

Use of Capital Letters


(i) Sentence-Gi cÖ_g k‡ãi cÖ_g A¶i Capital Letter nq| †hgb t
(a) He is a boy.
(b) The boy reads a book.
punctuation and capitalization mean. Page # 77
BBS Program

(ii) Avwg A‡_© I me mgq Capital Letter-Gi nq t


(a) He came and I went with him.
(b) You, he and I am after all brothers.
(iii) Allah Ges Gi cwie‡Z© e¨eüZ me Noun, Pronoun Ges Passive-Gi cÖwZ word Gi cÖ_g
eY© Capital Letter-Gi nq t
(a) Allah is our creater and He has given us every thing.
(b) Pray to Allah (god) for His mercy.

(iv) Proper noun I Proper Adjective-Gi cÖwZ k‡ãi cÖ_g eY© Capital Letter Gi nq|
(a) We like Bangladeshi goods.
(b) It is made of English wool.

(v) Dcvwai cÖwZ k‡ãi eY© wKsev G‡`i Rb¨ ms‡¶‡c eY©¸wj Capital Letter Gi nq|
(a) He is a Bachelor of Arts.
(b) Shahida is an M.A.

(vi) †Kvb cÖvYnxb e¯Íz‡Z e¨w³Z¡ Av‡ivc Ki‡j Zvi cÖ_g A¶i Capital Letter Gi nq| †hgb
O. Death! I fear thee not.

(vii) D×…wZ wP‡ýi ev Inverted comma-Gi g‡a¨i evK¨wUi cÖ_g k‡ãi cÖ_g A¶i Capital Letter
Gi nq|
(a) Arif say, "Man is mortal."

(viii) KweZvi cÖwZ csw³i ev jvB‡bi cÖ_g k‡ãi cÖ_g eY© Capital Letter-Gi nq|
(a) Little Jack Horner.
(b) Sat in a corner.
(c) Eating his Christmas cake.

EXERCISE
1. cÖ‡qvRb gZ Capital Letter I Full stop emvI|
Rahman is a good boy he goes to college everyday all love him he has many
books some books are red some are green he has a fountain pen.
2. cÖ‡qvRb gZ Capital letters Ges Note of Interrogation e¨envi Ki t
have you learnt your lesson have you done the home tasks when are you
going to start for school may I accompany you have you any programme to
play in the afternoon.
3. Avek¨K gZ Comma emvI t
Shimul Ruma Maknun and Rishat are sisters Asif my brother is very clever.
Nahid Asif and Ahmed are going to the path. Mostofa come here.
4. weivg wPý ewm‡q wb‡Pi Sentence-¸‡jv Avevi wjL t
Where are you going matin I am going to asif why are you going there he
had written me to play football with I am willing to go with you Thanks I am
grateful to you.

punctuation and capitalization mean. Page # 78


Prefix & Suffix, Synonyms Lesson
and Antonyms 14
Objectives :

At the end of this lesson you will be able to :


 5

5
understand what prefix and suffix mean.
find out a lot of synonyms and antonyms.
5 develop your stock of words.
5 strengthen your skill of English language.

An addition to the beginning of a word is Prefix and an addition to the end is a


Suffix.
k‡ãi cÖ_‡g hv †hvM nq, Zv‡K e‡j Prefix (DcmM©)|
k‡ãi †k‡l hv †hvM nq, Zv‡K e‡j Suffix (cÖZ¨q)|

1. Prefix.
Pre (=before) fix = that which is fixed before a word in order to form a new word.
(b~Zb word MV‡bi Rb¨ Prefix GKwU word-Gi c~‡e© e‡m| mvaviYZt Prefix ¸wj hw`I Avjv`v
word wnmv‡e e¨eüZ nq bv, Zey G‡`i cÖ‡Z¨KwUiB GKwU wewkó A_© Av‡Q| G¸wj A‡bKUv evsjv
Dcm‡M©i g‡Zv|)

PREFIXES
Prefix (DcmM©) Base word Formation of new words
(with meaning) (g~j kã) (bZzb kã MVb)
a bed abed (=on bed (weQvbvq)
(=on, in) board aboard (=on board)
shore ashore (=on the shore)
side aside (= on side)
sleep asleep (=in sleep)
way away (=on the way)
a rise arise- RvMv
(= off, out, from, up) rouse arouse- RvMv‡bv
wake awake- RvMv‡bv
shamed ashamed jw¾Z
BBS Program

Prefix (DcmM©) Base word Formation of new words


(with meaning) (g~j kã) (bZzb kã MVb)
a theist (Avw¯ÍK, atheist- bvw¯ÍK- (=not theist)
(=not, whithout) Ck¦iwek¦vmx) apathy- J`vmxb¨ (without pathy)
pathy (mnvbyf‚wZ)
ab(=bad, away, not) use abuse- Ace¨envi (=bad use)
[opposite ] normal abnormal- A¯^vfvweK (=not normal)
ac (to) count (MYbv Kiv) account- wnmve
ad (to) join adjoin (=to join)
all> al one alone (=all one = only)
(=all) most almost (=all most)
ready already (=all ready)
together altogether (=all together)
ap (=to) point appoint = wbhy³ Kiv
ante, anti date antedate (=before date)
(=before) chamber antechamber- cvk¦©K¶
cipation anticipation- c~e©vbygwZ
anti pathy (fv‡jvevmv) antipathy- weZ…òv
(=against) dote antidote- cÖwZ‡laK
[opposite] social antisocial- mgvRwe‡ivax
septic
antiseptic- ¶Z wbivgqKvix
climax
anticlimax- wbæmxgvq Ae‡ivnY
arch (=chief) bishop archbishop- cÖavb wekc (cv`ªx)
auto (=self) graph autograph- wbR n¯Ív¶i
mobile automoblie- ¯^qsPvwjZ Mvox
biography autobiography- AvÍRxebx
be (=by) side beside (=by the side)
bi (=two) cycle bicycle- wØPµhvb
lateral bilateral- wØc¶xq
co exist co-exist- mnve¯’vb
(=with) operate co-operate- mn‡hvwMZv Kiv
education co-education- mnwk¶v
contra, counter diction contradiction- wecixZ K_v
(=against, with) action counteraction- cÖwZwµqv
part
counterpart- mn‡hvMx Ask
de scend descend- Ae‡ivnY, bvgv
(=down, reversal) merit demerit- †`vl
train
detrain- †Uªb †_‡K bvgv
di (=twice) oxide dioxide- `yB AYy Aw·‡Rbhy³
dia (through) meter diameter- e¨vm
dis allow disallow- AbygwZ bv †`Iqv
(=apart, not) join disjoin- wew”Qbœ Kiv
[opposite] honour dishonour- Am¤§vb Kiv
Prefix & Suffix, Synonyms and Antonyms Page # 80
English

Prefix (DcmM©) Base word Formation of new words


(with meaning) (g~j kã) (bZzb kã MVb)
en act enact (=on action)- KvR Kiv
(=in, on) cage encage (=in the cage) LuvPvq ivLv
ex tract extract- wbh©vm
(=out of, former) student ex-student- cÖv³b QvÎ
extra (=beyond) ordinary extraordinary- AmvaviY
il, im, in, ir legal illegal- †e AvBbx
(=not) possible impossible- Am¤¢e
[opposite] ability inability- A¶gZv
regular irregular- AwbqwgZ
inter school inter-school (=among the schools)
(=among, within) link interlink- Aš—‡h©vM
change interchange- cvi¯úvwiK cwieZ©b
fore cast forecaset- c~e©vfvm †`Iqv
(=before) tell foretell- fwel¨`&evYx Kiv
father forefather- c~e©cyi“l
hemi (=half) sphere hemisphere- †Mvjva©
homo (=like) geneous homogeneous- mgRvZxq
hyper acidity hyperacidity- AwZA¤øZv
(=over, beyond) sensitive hypersensitive- AwZ ms‡e`x
hypo acidity hypoacidity- AívæZv
(=under) thesis hypothesis- Abygvb
mal practice malpractice (=bad practice e&` Af¨vm)
(=bad, ill) nutrition malnutrition - Acyó (ill nutrition)
mis conduct misconduct- Am`vPiY
(=bad, lees) fortune misfortune- `yf©vM¨
[opposite] fire misfire (=failure to go/off)
use misuse (=bad use)
mono (=single) logue monologue- ¯^M‡Zvw³
non (=not) sense nonsense- Awe‡ePK
[opposite] stop non-stop- Aweivg
pan (=all) theism (Ck¦iwek¦vm) pantheism- m‡e©k¦iev`
post (=after) mortem postmortem- g„Zz¨i cieZx©
war postwar- hy× cieZx©
pre (=before) fix prefix- c~‡e© w¯’i Kiv
Independence Pre-Independence- cÖvK ¯^vaxbZv
Peri (=round) meter perimeter- †¶‡Îi cwimxgv, cwiwgwZ
re (=again) build rebuild- cybwbg©vY
consider reconsider- cybwe©‡ePbv
retro grade retrograde- cðv`&Mvgx
(=backwards) spect retrospect- cðv`&`„wó

Prefix & Suffix, Synonyms and Antonyms Page # 81


BBS Program

Prefix (DcmM©) Base word Formation of new words


(with meaning) (g~j kã) (bZzb kã MVb)
semi circle semicircle- Aa©e„Ë
(=half) final semifinal- Aa©P~ovšÍ
vowel semivowel- Aa©¯^i|
sub way subway- myo½ c_
(=under) committee subcommittee- DcmwgwZ
super fine superfine- AwZwgwn
(above, beyond) man superman- AwZgvbe
natural supernatural- AwZ‡jŠwKK
sym (=with) pathy fvjevmv sympathy- mnvbyf‚wZ
to (=this) day today- AvR
night tonight- AvRivwÎ
tres, trans pass trespass- AbwaKvi cÖ‡ek
(=across) form transform- cwieZ©b Kiv
plant transplant- †ivcY Kiv
ultra modern ultramodern- AwZAvaywbK
(=bevond) liberal ultraliberal- AwZD`vi
violet ultraviolet- AwZ‡e¸Yx (iwk¥)
un (=not) able unable- A¶g
[opposite] armed unarmed- A¯¿nxb
willing unwilling- Awb”QzK
worthy unworthy- Abychy³
vice president vice-president- mnmfvcwZ
(=in the place off) principal vice-principal- Dcva¨¶
chancellor vice-chancellor- DcvPvh©

Suffixes
Suffix (=after) fix = that which is fixed after a word. (b~Zb kã MV‡bi Rb¨ suffix GKwU
word-Gi c‡i e‡m| Prefix ¸wji Avjv`v A_© _vK‡jI- able, fold, full, less cÖf…wZ K‡qKwU
suffix Qvov suffix ¸wji wbR¯^ †Kvb A_© †bB| G¸wj †h k‡ãi m‡½ hy³ nq, Zvi A_©‡K cÖfvweZ A_©vr
cÖmvwiZ ev m¼zwPZ K‡i| GB fv‡e Suffix †hv‡M byZb kã MwVZ nq| GB kã Noun, Adjective,
Verb ev Adverb n‡Z cv‡i| G¸wj evsjv cÖZ¨‡qi g‡Zv|
[ Forming Nouns ]
(1) Denoting agent or doer (†h KvRwU K‡i GB A_© †evSv‡Z) t
Suffix (cÖZ¨q) Formation of words (b~Zb kã MVb)
er, eer, (doer) reader, driver, maker, bunter, painter, fighter, speaker,
worker, writer, ruler convener (AvnŸvqK), producer,
auctioneer, (wbjvg`vi), mountaineer (ce©Zv‡ivnx)
ar (doer) beggar, liar (wg_¨vev`x), scholar.
or (doer) sailor, vendor, supervisor (bRi`vi)

Prefix & Suffix, Synonyms and Antonyms Page # 82


English

yer (doer) lawyer (AvBbRxex)


Suffix (cÖZ¨q) Formation of words (b~Zb kã MVb)
ess (femi) actress (Awf‡bÎx), hostess (M„nKÎx©), authoress (†jwLKv)
an, en, on (doer) artisan (KvwiMi), citizen, surgeon (kj¨ wPwKrmK),
ist (doer) dentist (`¯— wPwKrmK), dramatist, typist, novelist, atheist
(bvw¯—K), theist (Ck¦i wek¦vmx), anarchist (ˆbivR¨ev`x), terrorist
(mš¿vmev`x), pragmatist (ev¯Íeev`x), optimist Avkvev`x),
pessimist (ˆbivk¨ev`x), antagonist (we‡ivax), moralist
(bxwZev`x), egoist (Ansev`x), scientist (weÁvbx), royalist
(ivRZš¿x), socialist (mgvRev`x)|
ee (agent) addressee (cÎcÖvcK), allotee (AskfvK&), desiree (Bw Z),
nominee (g‡bvbxZ e¨w³), absentee (Abycw¯’Z), payee (MÖnxZv),
trainee (wk¶v_x©)|
(2) Denoting state, action, result of an action, condition, being etc.
Suffix (cÖZ¨q) Formation of words (b~Zb kã MVb)
age bondage, breakage, leakage, marriage, carriage, postage,
bandage, package, stoppage.
al arrival, denial, approval, recital (Ave„wË) .
ance abundance, assistance, brilliance, endurance,
disturbance, utterance.
ence obedience, absence, excellence, presence, prudence,
innocence, repentence (AbyZvc), difference, dependence.
cy accuracy, fancy, lunacy, bankrupcy, decency (†kvfbZv),
emergency, frequency, urgency.
ice service, cowardice (fxiæZv),
ion action, union (HK¨), revision, opinion.
ity, ty ability, electricity, sensibility, falsity, (AmZ¨Zv) unity,
reality, visibility (`„wó-†MvPiZv), flexibility (bgbxqZv), cruelty
(wbôziZv), frailty (ˆbwZK `ye©jZv), safety.
ist artist, chemist, dramatist, essayist, novelist.
ation, tion, sion creation, formation, information, confirmation,
reformation, examination, reflection, opposition,
translation, agitation, starvation, stagnation (iy×Ae¯’v),
redemption, (cwiÎvY), confession (¯^xKvi), compulsion,
illusion (†gvn), inclusion, extension, procession,
confusion, conversion.
ism barbarism (ee©iZv), criticism (mgv‡jvPbv), hooliganism
(¸Ûvwg), patriotism, socialism (mgvRev`)
logy biology, geology, physiology, ecology, zoology.
ment Acknowledg(e)ment (cÖvwß ¯^xKvi), argument (hyyw³ w`‡q
†evSv‡bv), agreement (Pyw³), arrangement, improvement,
judgement, punishment, fulfilment, merriment (Avb›`)
bereavement (†kvK)

Prefix & Suffix, Synonyms and Antonyms Page # 83


BBS Program

mony parsimony, matrimony, testimony (cÖgvY cÎ)

Prefix & Suffix, Synonyms and Antonyms Page # 84


English

Suffix (cÖZ¨q) Formation of words (b~Zb kã MVb)


ness boldness, darkness, goodness, kindness, happiness,
sharpness, sweetness.
red kindred (Av¤øxq¯^Rb), hatred (N„Yv)|
ship hardship (Kó), friendship, lordship, membership,
partnership, scholarship.
th health, wealth, growth, stealth.
tion dictation, conviction, botheration, translation
tude fortitude (`„p m¼í), magnitude (¸iyZ¡), servitude (†Mvjvgx)
hood boyhood, childhood, manhood, womanhood (bvixZ¡),
brotherhood (åvZ…Z¡)|
dom freedom, kingdom, martyrdom (knx`Z¡), wisdom (Ávb)|
(3) Forming diminutives, (¶z`ªv‡_© Ges Av`iv‡_©) :
Suffix Formation of words
let, et booklet, leaflet, cutlet, anklet, brooklet (†QvU b`x),
streamlet (†QvU b`x), rivulet (†QvU b`x), locket, lancet (kj¨
wPwKrmvi †QvU A¯¿)
ling sapling (PvivMvQ), duckling (nuv‡mi ev”Pv), stripling (=young
one), darling < dear (Av`‡ii e¨w³)|
kin, en lambkin (†glkveK), napkin (MvgQv, †Zvqv‡j), chicken < cock
(ev”Pv gyiMx), kitten <cat (weov‡ji ev”Pv), maiden < maid
(Kzgvix)
ock hillock (†QvU cvnvo), bullock (ZiyY luvo)|

(4) Denoting place (¯’vb †evSv‡Z) t


Suffix Formation of words
ary, ery, ry dispensary, library, nunnery, treasury.
al legal, royal, mental, fatal, mortal, national, brutal,
official, political, physical, frontal, final, tidal,
educational, optional (Hw”QK), fictional (KvíwbK), natural,
horizontal, coastal, cultural, functional, provincial,
provisional, vital, etc.
ic, ical angelic, cynic, (wQ`ªv‡b¦lx), historic, historical, tragic,
tragical, Miltonic, Platonic, democratic, energetic,
telegraphic, comic, comical, domestic, patriotic,
economic, economical, musical, classical, Biological,
Geological, Philosophical, critical, mechanical, satirical,
stocial (myL-`yt‡L wbwe©Kvi), technical etc.
ish Irish, Turkish, Polish, Swedish, selfish, boyish, childish,
blackish, foolish, hellish, (bviKxq), devilish, feverish,
(R¡iR¡i) slavish (`vmmyjf), bookish, snobbish (Pvwjqvr),
yellowish (nwi`ªvf), whitish (†k¦Zvf)|

Prefix & Suffix, Synonyms and Antonyms Page # 85


BBS Program

istic characteristic (ˆewkó¨m~PK), fantastic (A™¢~Z), antagonistic


(weiy×), optimistic (Avkvev`x), pessimistic (ˆbivk¨ev`x),
sarcastic (†k- lvÍK)
id humid (Av`ª)© , vivid (¯úó), lucid (cÖvÄj)|
Suffix Formation of words
ile fragile (`ye©j), juvenile (wK‡kvi m¤^Üxq), servile (`v‡mvwPZ)|
ine feminine (¯¿x‡jvK m¤^Üxq), canine (KzKzi m¤^Üxq), feline (weovj
m¤^Üxq), divine (¯^Mx©q)|
ive active, attentive, sportive, creative, attractive, productive,
affirmative, negative, talkative (evPvj), formative,
constructive, conservative, instinctive, intuitive (cÖÁvRvZ)|
ian, an Indian, Italian, American, Russian, Tibetan, African,
Egyptian, Vitorian, etc.
ar familiar (cwiwPwZ), regular (wbqwgZ)|
ary contrary, customary (cÖ_vbyhvqx), honourary, necessary,
documentary (Z_¨wfwËK) etc.
ate fortunate (†mŠfvM¨evb), obstinate (GK¸u‡q), temperate
(cwiwgZ)|
ed gifted, talented (cÖwZfvevb), learned (wkw¶Z), cultured
(K…wóm¤úbœ), spotted (wPwýZ), salted (jeYv³), spiced (gkjvhy³),
coloured (iOxb), moneyed (abvX¨), wretched (nZfvM¨)|
en wooden (Kvô-wbwg©Z), earthen (g„wËKvwbwg©Z), leaden (†j‡Wb),
(mxmv wbwg©Z), golden (¯^Y© wbwg©Z), brazen (wcZj wbwg©Z), silken
(†ikg wbwg©Z), woolen (ckg wbwg©Z)|
able laughable, eatable, drinkable, movable, lovable,
formidable (`y`©vš—), answerable, reliable, preferable,
breakable, forgettable, separable, charitable, reasonable,
choicable, reguable, objectionable comfortable, suitable,
culpable (Acivax), valuable, pitiable, inflamable (`vn¨)|
ible admissible, divisible, sensible, indelible (Abc‡bq),
intelligible (†evaMg¨), audible (kª“wZ‡MvPi), incorrigible
(ms‡kva‡bi AZxZ), possible, visible (`„wó‡MvPi)|
fold two-fold (wظY),three-fold (wZb¸Y), mani-fold (eû¸Y)|
full>ful beautiful, hopeful, joyful, fearful, fruitful, aweful, helpful,
handful, (GKgy‡Vv), forgetful, cheerful (cÖdzj ), dutiful,
grateful (K…ZÁ), faithful, merciful, spoonful, thoughtful,
useful, etc.
less fearless, cheerless, helpless, hopeless, faithless,
merciless, shameless, boundless, meaningless, nameless,
countless, reckless (†ec‡ivqv), soundless, lifeless, restless
(Aw¯’i), penniless (Kc`©Knxb), tireless (K¬vwšÍnxb), aimless,
lawless (†eAvBbx), thoughtless, useless, etc.

Prefix & Suffix, Synonyms and Antonyms Page # 86


English

ly manly (cyiy‡lvwPZ), godly (†`eR‡bvwPZ), saintly (mvayR‡bvwPZ),


sickly (†ivMv), lowly (nxb), friendly (eÜzZ¡c~Y©), eartly (cvw_©e),
heavenly (¯^Mx©q), lively (jvBfwj-RxešÍ), leisurely (AemiKvjxb,
gš’i), miserly (K…cY), cowardly (Kvcyiy‡lvwPZ), weekly
(mvßvwnK), bi-weekly (Aa©mvßvwnK), fortnightly (cvw¶K),
monthly (gvwmK), yearly (evrmwiK), [ wKš‘ Annual (Annualy
bq) = evrmwiK| ]
Suffix Formation of words
y healthy, wealthy, greedy (†jvfx), needy (Afvex), dirty
(†bvsiv), thirsty (Z…òvZ©), noisy (†Mvjgvj c~Y©), bloody (i³¶qx),
airy (cÖPyi nvIqvc~Y©), bony (nvo wRiwR‡i), handy (nv‡Z a‡i Ggb
†QvULv‡Uv), fishy (†Mvj‡g‡j), fatty (†gvUv‡mvUv), choosy (LyuZLyu‡Z),
mossy (k¨vIjvcov), rocky (cv_y‡i), sandy (evjygq), leafy
(cÎeûj), sunny (†iŠ`ª¨‡jvwKZ), Stormy (SÃv we¶z×)|

SUFFIXES
[Forming Verbs]
Suffix (cÖZ¨q) Formation of words
ate assassinate (nZ¨v Kiv), captivate (e›`x Kiv), exter-minate
(wbg©~j Kiv), annihilate (aŸsm Kiv)|
en broaden (we¯‘Z Kiv), gladden (Avbw›`Z Kiv), lengthen (`xN©vwqZ
Kiv), shorten (msw¶ß Kiv), fatten (¯’~j Kiv), thicken (Nb Kiv),
blacken (Kv‡jv Kiv), darken (AÜKvi Kiv), deepen (Mfxi Kiv),
harden (k³ Kiv), soften (big Kiv), strengthen (kw³kvjx Kiv),
moisten (wfwR‡q big Kiv), loosen (AvjMv Kiv), sharpen (Zx²
Kiv), widen (PIov Kiv)|
er chatter, clutter, fritter, flutter, glitter, glimmer.
ish publish (cÖKvk Kiv), nourish (cvjb Kiv), punish (kvw¯Í †`Iqv),
banish (wbe©vwmZ Kiv)|
ise, ize civilise, civilize, organise, organize, apologise, apologize,
realize, legalise, legalize, penalise, penalize, mechanise,
mechanize, fertilise. fertilize, popularise, popularize,
victimise, victimize etc. [N. B. advertise, despise, surprise
G¸wj‡Z †Kvb Suffix hy³ bv nIqvq, G¸wji, evbv‡b me©`vB s nq, z nq
bv|]
se cleanse (cwi¯‹vi Kiv), rinse (†gvQv) etc.
fy amplify (m¤úªmvwiZ Kiv), beautify (my›`i Kiv), certify (cÖksmv
Kiv), classify (wek` Kiv), fortify (`„p Kiv), Frenchify (divmxai‡Y
iƒcvš—wiZ Kiv), identify. modify (we‡kwlZ Kiv), magnify (eo K‡i
†`Lv‡bv), rectify, (ms‡kvwaZ Kiv), signify (Zvrch© gwÛZ Kiv),
simplify (mij Kiv), satisfy (Z…ß Kiv), speechify (e³…Zv Kiv),
sanctify (cweÎ Kiv), terrify (fxZ Kiv), vilify (Mvwj †`Iqv)|

Prefix & Suffix, Synonyms and Antonyms Page # 87


BBS Program

SYNONYMS
Synonyms ev mgv_©K kã English Language-G `¶Zv AR©b Kivi Rb¨ LyeB ¸iyZ¡c~Y©| ZvB
wk¶v_x©‡`i myweavi Rb¨ wKQy Synonyms †`qv nj|
Word Synonyms
Absolute- Pig, kZ©nxb Perfect-m¤ú~Y©
certain-wbwðZ
unconditional-mve©‡fŠg
Absurd- A™¢~Z Foolish-g~L©
stupid-wb‡e©va
ridiculous- nvm¨Ki
Adherent-AbyMZ Ally-wgÎ
supporter- mg_©K
defender- i¶K
Ambiguous-AwbwðZ Vague-A¯úó
doubtful-wØavMÖ¯Í
uncertain-cwieZ©bkxj
Ablution, Awf‡lK Purification-‡kvab
washing-‡aŠZ
bathing- AeMvnb
Abridge- ms‡¶c Kiv Curtail-Ask †K‡U ev` †`Iqv
compress- †QvU Kiv
condense- msw¶ß Kiv
abbreviate-msw¶ß Kiv
Adjacent-msjMœ, wbKUeZx© Close-KvQvKvwQ
adjoining- mwbœwnZ
near- Nwbô
contigous- wbKU¯’
Advocacy-IKvjwZ Support- mg_©b
defence- cÖwZi¶v
countenance- AbyMÖn
Adultery-e¨wfPvi Unchasteness- AmZZv
infidelity- wek¦vmNvZKZv
Amiable-g‡bvig, †mŠRb¨c~Y© Pleasant- ‡Lvk‡gRvwR
charming- g‡bvig
kin- m`q
benevolent- m`vkq
Aggregate-GKÎ Kiv Collect- Rgvb
gather- GKÎ Kiv
Accumulate- cywÄZ Kiv
pile- mwÂZ Kiv
Prefix & Suffix, Synonyms and Antonyms Page # 88
English

Word Synonyms
Appetite- ¶zav, cÖe„wË Hunger- ¶zav
desire- Kvgbv
liking- cQ›`
longing- AvKv•¶v
Betray-Qjbv Kiv, duvm Kiv Deceive- cÖZviYv Kiv
reveal- cÖKvk Kiv
ensnare- duv‡` AvUKv‡bv
Blithe-nvwmLywk Joyous- Avb›`c~Y©
merry- D&jøvwmZ
gay- cÖvYPÂj
bright- cÖdzjø
Brisk- cÖvYeš‘, Kg©V Alert- mZK©
quick- RxešÍ
nimble-PUc‡U
active- mwµq
Buxom- nvwmLywk, bv`ymby`ym Hearty-¯^v¯’¨evb
jolly-cÖvYe¯—z
gay-nvwmLywk
blithe- cÖdzj
hearty- mgv`ic~Y©
Blemish- Kj¼, ÎywU Stain-`vM
dishonour- Am¤§vb
defect- Lyu‡Z, †`vl
Burgher- bMievmx Citizen- bvMwiK
bourgeois-e¨emv`vi
Beneficial-jvfcÖ`, myweavRbK Profitable-jvfRbK
salutary-DcKvi
salubrious- ¯^v¯’¨Ki
Beg-wf¶v Kiv, wgbwZ Kiv Entreat- Aby‡iva Kiv
pray- cÖv_©bv Kiv
request- Aby‡iva Kiv
Bright-Av‡jvgq, eyw×gvb Happy- myLx
lucid- cÖvÄj ¯úó
witty- weP¶Y
Busy- e¨¯—, wbiZ Occupied- AwaKvifz³
diligent- Aa¨vemvqx
industrious- cwikªgx
Battle- hy×, msMÖvg Fight- jovB
combat- Ø›`¡
conflict- msNvZ
action- cÖwµqv

Prefix & Suffix, Synonyms and Antonyms Page # 89


BBS Program

Word Synonyms
Blessing- Avkxe©v` Thank- K…ZÁZv
benediction- Avkxe©v`
Belief- wek¦vm, Av¯’v Faith- fimv
trust- AvbyMZ¨
reliance- wbf©iZv
Bear-enb Kiv Convey- wb‡q hvIqv
carry- ‡cŠu‡Q †`Iqv
transport- cwienb Kiv
support- fvienb Kiv
Casual- mvgwqK, AvKw¯§K Incidental- m¤¢ve¨
accidental- AvKw¯§K
Conviction-`„p wek¦vm Assurance- wbðqZv
belief- Av¯’v
persuasion- `„p cÖZ¨q
Conscious-m‡PZb Aware- mZK©, AeMZ
sensible- weP¶Y
Courage- mvnm Bravery- mvnm
valour- wbfx©KZv
boldness- a„óZv
Credible-wek¦vm‡hvM¨ Trustworthy- wbf©i‡hvM¨
probable- cÖvgvYmva¨
Custom-cÖ_v, Af¨vm Manner- ixwZ
fashion- Pjb
habit- ¯^fve
Childish-evjKmyjf Pcj Silly- wbixn
gay- jNycÖK…wZ
lively- cÖvYešÍ
Confirm-wbwðZ Kiv Settle- w¯’i Kiv
fix- `„p Kiv
strengthen- kw³kvjx Kiv
Colleague-mnKgx© Companion- m½v
partner- Askx`vi
ally- wgÎ
helper- mvnvh¨Kvix
Charming-g‡bvig AvKl©Yxq Fascinating- gy» K‡i Ggb
enchanting- ‡gvwnZ K‡i Ggb
captivating- g‡bvni
Compassion-KiyYv Sympathy- mnvbyf‚wZ
condolence- ‡kvK cÖKvk
pardon- ¶gv

Prefix & Suffix, Synonyms and Antonyms Page # 90


English

Word Synonyms
Charitable-cwiwnZcivqb Kind- `qvjy
liberal- D`vi
beneficent- wnZKi
Censure-wb›`v Kiv Reprove- wZi¯‹vi Kiv
rebuke- Mvwj †`Iqv
scold- frm©bv Kiv
Cheerful-cÖdzjø, nvwkLywk Lively- cÖvYešÍ
blithe- nvwmLywk
joyous- Avb›`c~Y©
happy- myLx
Calamity-Pig `y`©kv Misfortune-`yf©vM¨
mishap- AvKw¯§K `yN©Ubv
disaster- Pig wech©q
Calim-`vwe Kiv Demand- Zje Kiv
ask- PvIqv
right- ¯’vcb Kiv
Certain-wbwðZ Aek¨v¤¢vex Absolute- Pig
plain- ¯úó
positive- BwZevPK
Capability- †hvM¨Zv, mvg_©¨ Competency- m¶gZv
ability- ‡hvM¨Zv
capacity- mvg_©¨
Confederate- ˆgÎxeÜ Leagued- msNe×
united- GKwÎZ
allied- ‰gÎxe×
Candid- gb‡Lvjv, AKcU Frank- mij cÖvY
sincere- Avš—wiK
Chaos-wek„´Ljv Disorder- AivRKZv
mess- Zvj‡Mvj
Conceal-‡Mvcb Kiv Hide- jyKv‡bv
cover- Ave„Z Kiv
Contaminate-msµwgZ Kiv Pollute- `~wlZ Kiv
adulterate- †fRvj wgkvb
Counterfeit-Rvj Fake- ‡gwK
bogus- wg_¨v, ev‡R
decry- wb›`v Kiv, †`vl †`Iqv Vilify- wb›`v Kiv
condemn- ‡`vl †`Iqv
abuse- MvjvMvwj †`Iqv

Prefix & Suffix, Synonyms and Antonyms Page # 91


BBS Program

Word Synonyms
Diminish-n«vm Kiv Abate- Kgvb
reduce- n«vm Kiv
lessen- †MŠY Kiv
Durable- †UKmB, ¯’vqx Enduring- ‡UKmB
constant- AcwieZ©bxq
lasting- `xN©¯’vqx
Deter- evav †`Iqv, wbe„Ë Kiv Obstruct- evav †`Iqv
stop- _vgvb
prevent- e¨w_Z Kiv
Deny- cÖ_¨vL¨vb Kiv Contradict- A¯^xKvi Kiv
refute- LÊb Kiv
Dusky- A×Kvigq Cloudy- ‡gNv”Qbœ
dark- AÜKvi
dim- Aby¾¡j
obscure- A¯úó
Doubtful-mskqvcbœ, wØavMÖ¯Í Vacillating- Aw¯’i, †`vjvqgvb
irresolute- Aw¯’i msKí
Disturb-evav †`Iqv Trouble- Aw¯’i Kiv
vex- R¡vjvZb Kiv
worry- DwØMœ Kiv
Differ-wfbœgZ nIqv Vary- cwiewZ©Z nIqv
deviate- c_ åó nIqv
diverge- Acm„Z nIqv
Debar-ewÂZ Kiv, evav †`Iqv Deprive- ewÂZ Kiv
prevent- ‡iva Kiv
deter- evav †`qv
Descry- †`L‡Z cvIqv Detect-Lyu‡R †ei Kiv
mark- wPwýZ Kiv
discover- Avwe¯‹vi Kiv
Dormant-Nygš—, myß Inert- wbw®Œq
latent- cÖ”Qbœ
sleeping- NygšÍ
Dictate-wb‡`©k †`Iqvb Order- Av‡`k †`Iqv
command- ûKzg Kiv
direct- cwiPvjbv Kiv
Daring- `ytmvnwmK Fearless- wbfx©K
brave- mvnmx
bold- mcÖwZf, mvnmx
adventurous- `ytmvnwmK

Prefix & Suffix, Synonyms and Antonyms Page # 92


English

Word Synonyms
Detect-‡`L‡Z cvIqv Expose- Abve„Z Kiv, D`NvUb Kiv
discover- Avwe®‹vi Kiv
descry- ‡`L‡Z cvIqv
Dejected-wbivb›` Gloomy- welYœ
downcast- nZvk
low spirited- gbgiv
Deceitful-cÖZviYvc~Y© Deceptive- cÖZviYvc~Y©
delusive- cÖeÂK
Endurance-`xN©¯’vwqZ¡, mwnòzZv stamina- A`„k¨ gvbwmK kw³
durability- ¯’vqxZ¡
Enhance- DbœZ Kiv, e„w× Kiv Magnify- gwngvwb¦Z kw³
raise- D‡Ëvjb Kiv
heighten- AMÖmi Kivb
Enthusiasm- Drmvn, AvMÖn Eagerness- GKvMÖZv
earnestness- Avš—wiKZv
ardour- AvKzjZv
Earthly- cvw_©e Mundane- RvMwZK
terrestrial- cvw_©e
Ebb- AebwZ nIqv, n«vm cvIqv Decay- cZb NUv
decrease- K‡g hvIqv
sink- cÖkwgZ nIqv
subside- kvšÍ n‡q hvIqv
Eccentric- A™¢~Z Abnormal- A¯^vfvweK
odd- ‡egvbvb
peculiar- A™¢~Z
strange- ARvbv
Echo- cÖwZaŸwb, mvov Answer- DËi
repetition- cybive„wË
Eclipse- AÜKvi Kiv Dim- Avuavi Kiv
obscure- ¤øvb Kiv
darken- AÜKvi Kiv
veil- A¯úó Kiv
Ecstasy-D”Qvm Delight- civgb›`
inspiration- ‡cÖiYv
rapture- cigvb›`
Edict-Abykvmb Decree- ûKzg
law- AvBb
order- Av‡`k
ordinance- Aa¨v‡`k

Prefix & Suffix, Synonyms and Antonyms Page # 93


BBS Program

Word Synonyms
Edifice-AÆvwjKv Building- feb
structure- KvVvg
fabric- AÆvwjKv
Efface-gy‡Q †djv, `~i Kiv cancel- evwZj Kiv
delete- gy‡Q †djv
obliterate- we‡jvc Kiv
erase- wbwðý Kiv
Efficacious-djcÖ` Active- mwµq
effective- djcÖmy
energetic- Kg©kw³c~Y©
Effigy-cÖwZK…wZ Figure- AvKvi
image- cÖwZgv
picture- Qwe
Effuse-wew¶ß, we¯Í…Z Copious- wek`
diffused- cwie¨ß
generous- D`vi
Egoism-AvZœRvwni Self-esteem- AvZœkøvwNZv
selfishness- ¯^v_©ciZv
Embarrass-wenŸj Kiv Abash- j¾v †`Iqv
confuse- nZf¤¢ Kiv
perplex- wenŸj Kiv
Endeavour-cÖ‡Póv Attempt- AvµgY, cÖ‡Póv
effort- cÖ‡Póv
aim- D‡Ïk¨
try- cix¶v, †Póv Kiv
Enlighten-Av‡jvwKZ Kiv Illuminate- R¡vjvb
teach- wk¶v †`Iqv
edify- DbœwZ mvab Kiv
Extreme-Pig, †kl Final- P~ovš—
verge- ‡kl cÖvšÍ
apex- kxl©
last- me©‡kl
Flimsy-cvZjv, kw³nxb Feeble- ¶xY
frail- `~e©j
thin- cvZjv
weak- `ye©j
light- nvjKv
Fragile-f½yi, cjKv Feeble- ¶xY
brittle- cjKv
delicate- ‡Kvgj
weak- `ye©j

Prefix & Suffix, Synonyms and Antonyms Page # 94


English

Word Synonyms
Futile-e¨_©, AKvh©Ki Fruitless-wbùj
vain- wedj
weak- `~e©j
trifling- Zz”Q
Fabric-eybb/ˆZix Building- feb
structure- KvVv‡gv
edifice- AÆvwjKv
Facetious-kig, BqviwKc~Y© Amusing- gRv`vi
funny- nvm¨Ki
gay- nvwmLywk
Jolly- cÖvYeš—
Fade-ïwK‡q hvIqv decay- aŸsm n‡q hvIqv
change- cwiewZ©Z nIqv
pale- wee©Y nIqv
wither- ïwK‡q hvIqv
Fallacy-cÖZviYvg~jK wKQy Falsehood- wg_¨v
fiction- wg_¨vMí
untruth- AmZ¨
Faint-weeY© nIqv, g~Q©v hvIqv Fade- ïwK‡q hvIqv
sink- wbRxe© nIqv
swoon- g~Q©v nIqv
fail- e¨_© nIqv
Fancy- †Lvk‡Lqvj, Kíbv Image- fve, Dcgv
impression- Mfxi Av‡eM
fantasy- Kíbv
Fantasy-Kíbv Conceit- D™¢U aviYv
fancy- ‡Lvk‡Lqvj
notion- aviYv
Fascinate-gy» Kiv, AvKl©Y Kiv Charm- ‡gvwnZ Kiv
bewitch- gy» Kiv
enchant- Rv`ygy» Kiv
Fatal-gvivÍK, me©bvkv Deadly- fqvbK
ruinous- me©bvkv
destructive- aŸsmvÍK
Feasible-Kvh©Ki, m¤¢e Possible- MÖnY‡hvM¨
manageable- cwiPvjbmva¨
practicable- Kvh©Ki
Feign- Kíbv Kiv, fvb Kiv Affect- fvb Kiv
devise- cwiKíbv Kiv
imagine- Kíbv Kiv

Prefix & Suffix, Synonyms and Antonyms Page # 95


BBS Program

Word Synonyms
Ferocious-wnsmª, eb¨ Cruel- wbôzi
barbarous-b„ksm
bloody- wbôzi
wild- Amf¨
Fuss-‰n‰P, e¨¯ÍZv Bustle- ‰n‰P
ado- Kg©e¨¯—Zv
stir- PvÂj¨
worry- SÃvU
Gaiety-cÖdzjZ
ø v, PcjZv Merriment- Djøvm
mirth- Avb›`
animation-DÏxcbv
Gay-cÖvYPÂj, nvwmLywk Animated- DÏxwcZ
blithe- nvwmLywk
cheerful- Avbw›`Z
Jolly- cÖdzjø
Gem-iZœ, `vwge¯‘ Jewel- Aj½Kvi, Mnbv
prize- Dcnvi
stone- cv_i, iZœ
treasure- ab-†`ŠjZ
Generous-D`vi, g¶ Honourable- m¤§vwbZ
liberal- D`vi
bountiul- AwZ`vbkxj
Grim-wnsmª, fqvbK Stern- K‡Vvi
fierce- wnsmª
Gist-mvigg© Essence- wbh©vm
substance- mvigg©
core- gg©¯’j
Gruesome- fq¼i, RNY¨ Awful- exfrm
dreadful- fqvbK
grim- wnsmª
trrible- fq¼i
Guise-‡cvkvK, Avfvm Costume- ‡cvkvK
aspect- ‡Pnviv, `„k¨
dress- ‡cvkvK
form- ixwZ, AvK…wZ
Handsome-my`k©b Beautiful- my›`i
comely- g‡bvig
fair- cwi®‹vi
fine- PgrKvi

Prefix & Suffix, Synonyms and Antonyms Page # 96


English

Word Synonyms
Harsh-KK©k, K‡Vvi Rough- Af`ª
bitter- wZ³
hard- K‡Vvi
rude- iƒp
sour- wLUvwL‡U
Hazardous-SzuwKc~Y©, AwbwðZ Dangerous-wecÏRbK
risky- SzuwKc~Y©
unsafe- Awbivc`
Heroic-we‡ivwPZ Bold- mvnmx
daring- `ytmvnmx
fearless- wbfx©K
noble- m¤¢vš—
Hideous-fqvbK Dreadful- gvivÍK
ghastly- g„Zz¨er fq¼i
horrible- fq¼i
Humane-`qvjy Kind- `qvjy
tender- ‡Kvgj
merciful- ¶gvkxj
benign- m`vkq
Hysterical-wnw÷wiqv MÖ¯Í Raving- ‡µv‡avb¥Ë Dw³
distraught- ‡Lcv
Idiocy-Wvnv g~L©Zv Insanity- ‡PZbvnxbZv
foolishness- g~L©Zv
fatuity- wb‡e©vaZv
Ignore-AeÁv Kiv Overlook- D‡c¶v Kiv
disown- A¯^xKvi Kiv
neglect- AcQ›` Kiv, Ae‡njv Kiv
Imbecile-g~L© Fool- wb‡e©va
idiot- ‡evKv
feeble- ¶xY
weak- `ye©j
Intact-A¶Z Safe- wbivc`
unhurt- AbvnZ
pure- LuvwU
Incense-DÏxwcZ Kiv Anger- ivMvb
excite- D‡ËwRZ Kiv
provoke- cÖ‡ivwPZ Kiv
enkindle- cÖR¡wjZ Kiv
Indistinct-A¯úó, ¶xY Ambiguous- m‡›`nRbK
confused- nZf¤^

Prefix & Suffix, Synonyms and Antonyms Page # 97


BBS Program

Word Synonyms
faint- fxiy
lazy- Ajm
Jeer-we`ªyc Kiv Sneer- AeÁv Kiv
mock- we`ªyc Kiv
despise- N„Yv Kiv
ridicule- Dcnvm Kiv
Judicious-weP¶Y Wise- weÁ
prudent-`yi`kx©
sagacious- weP¶Y
cautious- mZK©
Juvenile-ZiyY, Aí eq®‹ Immature- AcÖvßeq¯‹
boyish- evjKmyjf
adolescent- ‰K‡kvicÖvß
Kin-ÁvwZeM© Sort- eM©
class- ‡MvÎ
kind- esk
race- RvwZ
relationship- m¤úK©
Keen-my², Zx² Sharp- Zxeª
acute- Zx²
eager- AvKzj
earnest- e¨MÖ
bitter- gg©‡f`x
Kindle-DÏxß Kiv Fire- DÏxß Kiv
light- Av‡jvK`vb Kiv
exite- RvMvb
stimulate-cÖ‡Yvw`Z Kiv
arous- mwµq Kiv
Knave-`ye©„Ë, cvwR †jvK cheat- cÖZviK
rascal- e`kvk †jvK
rogue- cvwR‡jvK
villain- `yR©b
Knight-exi Warrior- ‡hv×v
gallant- mvnmx
champion- weRqx
Knot-wMU, RU Tie- MÖwý
joint- eÜb
entangle- Rwo‡q cov
connection- ms‡hvM
Laborious-kªgmva¨ Hard- KwVb
tiresome- K¬vwšÍKi
diligent- cwikªgx
difficult- RwUj

Prefix & Suffix, Synonyms and Antonyms Page # 98


English

ANTONYMS
[Opposite words- wecixZv_©K kã ]

Antonyms or opposite words may be formed in three ways.


(Antonym ev wecixZv_©K kã wZbfv‡e MwVZ n‡Z cv‡i| )
(1) by adding prefixes like- un, non, dis, mis, anti, de, it, im, in, ir.
(2) by adding a suffix like- less.
(3) by using a new word.

(1) Antonyms formed by adding prefixes.


Prefix Base word (g~j kã) Opposite word (wecixZ kã)
un able (m¶g) unable (A¶g)
armed (mk¯¿) unarmed(wbi¯¿)
kind (`qvjy) unkind(wb`©q)
common (mvaviY) uncommon (AmvaviY)
fit (Dchy³) unfit (Abychy³)
fortunate (†mŠfvM¨evb) unfortunate (nZfvM¨)
[ wKšÍz fortune (‡mŠfvM¨)] [misfortune, unfortune bq|]
conscious (m‡PZb) unconscious (A‡PZb)
developed(DbœZ) undeveloped (AbybœZ)
controlled (wbqwš¿Z) uncontrolled (Awbqwš¿Z)
pleasant (Avb›``vqK) unpleasant (AcÖxwZKi)
popular (RbwcÖq) unpopular (RbM‡Yi Kv‡Q AwcÖq)
wise (Ávbx, AwfÁ) unwise (AbwfÁ)
social (mvgvwRK) unsocial (AmvgvwRK)
non sense (A_©hy³ welq) nonsense (A_©nxb K_v)
stop (weivg) nonstop (Aweivg)
violence (wnsmv) non-violence (Awnsmv)
dis agree (m¤§Z nIqv) disagree (Am¤§Z nIqv)
allow (Aby‡gv`b Kiv) disallow (bvgÄyi Kiv)
comfort (Avivg) discomfort (A¯^v”Q›`¨)
[wKš—z comfortable ] [uncomfortable, discomfortable bq]
honest (mr) dishonest (Amr)
honesty (mZZv) dishonesty (AmZZv)
honour (m¤§vb) dishonour (Am¤§vb)
like (cQ›` Kiv) dislike (AcQ›` Kiv)
obey (gvb¨ Kiv) disobey (Agvb¨ Kiv)
obedient (eva¨, Kiv) disobedient (Aeva¨)
please (Lywk Kiv) displease (ALywk Kiv)
appear (Avwef©~Z nIqv) disappear (A`„k¨ nIqv)

Prefix & Suffix, Synonyms and Antonyms Page # 99


BBS Program

Prefix Base word (g~j kã) Opposite word (wecixZ kã)


mal practice (Af¨vm) malpractice (Amr Af¨vm)
nutrition (cywó) malnutrition (Acywó)
mis conduct (e¨envi) misconduct (Lvivc e¨envi, `ye©¨envi)
fortune (†mŠfvM¨) misfortune (`yf©vM¨)
interpret (e¨vL¨v Kiv) misinterpret (fzj e¨vL¨v Kiv)
lead (Pvjbv Kiv) mislead (fzjc‡_ Pvjbv Kiv)
happening (NUbv) mishap (`yN©Ubv)
use (e¨envi) misuse (Ace¨envi)
understand (†evSv) misunderstand (fzj †evSv)
anti dote (msµgY) anti-dote (cÖwZ‡laK)
climax (Pig mxgv Av‡ivnY) anti-climax (wbæmxgvq Ae‡ivnY)
sympathy (mnvbyf‚wZ) anti-pathy (weiƒcZv)
septic (msµvgK cPb m„wóKvix) anti-septic (cPb wb‡ivaK)
social (mvgvwRK) anti-social (mgvRwe‡ivax)
toxin (welwµqv) anti-toxin (welwµqv-cÖwZ‡laK)
de control (wbqš¿Y Kiv) docontrol (wbqš¿Y Zz‡j †`Iqv)
merit (¸Y) demerit (†`vl)
hoard (gRyZ Kiv) dehoard (gRyZ D×vi Kiv)
code (mv‡¼wZK wjwc) decode (mv‡¼wZK wjwc cvV Kiv)
entrain (†Uª‡b IVv) detrain (†Uªb †_‡K bvgv)
enthrone (wmsnvm‡b emv‡bv) dethrone (wmsnvmb †_‡K bvgv‡bv)
il legal (AvBb Abyhvqx) illegal (†eAvBbx)
legible (hv mn‡R cov hvq) illegible (hv mn‡R cov hvq bv)
logical (hyw³wm×) illogical (hyw³nxb)
liberal (D`vi) illiberal (Aby`vb)
literate (mv¶i) illiterate (wbi¶i)
im balance (fvimvg¨) imbalance (fvimvg¨nxbZv)
partial (c¶cvwZZ¡c~Y©) impartial (wbi‡c¶)
possible (m¤¢e) impossible (Am¤¢e)
patient (ˆah©kxj) impatient (Aaxi)
personal (e¨w³MZ) impersonal (ˆbe©¨w³K)
potent (exh©kvjx) impotent (wbexh©)
probable (m¤¢e) imporbable (Am¤¢e)
Pure (LvwU, cweÎ) impure (†fRvj, `~wlZ)
moral (ˆbwZK) immoral (A‰bwZK)
mortal (giYkxj) immortal (Agi)
mature (cwiYZ) immature (AcwiYZ)
mobile (Pjbkxj) immobile (Abo)
movable (Pjbkxj) immovable (Abo)
measurable (cwigvc‡hvM¨) immeasurable (Acwi‡gq)

Prefix & Suffix, Synonyms and Antonyms Page # 100


English

Prefix Base word (g~j kã) Opposite word (wecixZ kã)


in ability (¶gZv) inability (A¶gZv)
[ wKš—z able (m¶g) ] [unable, inable bq| ]
active (mwµq) incactive (wbw®Œq)
capable (†hvM¨) incapable (A‡hvM¨)
animate (cÖvYx) inanimate (AcÖvYx, Ro)
accurate (mwVK) inaccurate (mwVK bq)
credible (wek¦vm‡hvM¨) incredible (Awek¦vm¨)
attentive (g‡bv‡hvMx) inattentive (Ag‡bv‡hvMx)
decent (†kvfb) indecent (A‡kvfb)
definite (wbw`©ó) indefinite (Awbw`©ó)
distinct (¯úó) indistinct (A¯úó)
divisible (fvR¨) indivisible (AwefvR¨)
discipline (k„´Ljv) indiscipline (wek„´Ljv)
justice (b¨vq) injustice (Ab¨vq)
sensible (†evakw³m¤úbœ) insensible (‡evakw³nxb)
[wKšÍz sense ] [non-sense, in sense bq| ]
separable (c„_K Kivi †hvM¨) inseparable (hv c„_K Kiv hvq bv)
stability (w¯’iZv) instability (Aw¯’iZv)
[ wKš—z stable ] [unstable, instable bq| ]
sufficient (h‡_ó) insufficient (AcÖZ‚j)
valid (AvBbwm×) invalid (evwZj)
visible (`„wó‡MvPi) invisible (A`„k¨)
ir rational (hyw³wm×) irratioal (hv hyw³wm× bq)
regular (wbqwgZ) irregular (AwbqwgZ)
relevant (cÖvmw½K) irrelevant (AcÖvmw½K)
repairable (ms¯‹vi‡hvM¨) irrepairable (ms¯‹v‡ii A‡hvM¨)
recoverable (Av‡iv‡M¨i †hvM¨) irrecoverable (`yiv‡ivM¨)
resistible (cÖwZ‡iva¨) irresistible (AcÖwZ‡iva¨)
responsible (`vqx) irresponsible (`vwqZ¡nxb)
resolute (`„p cÖwZÁv) irresolute (Aw¯’i wPË)

(2) Antonyms formed by adding suffix :


Suffix Base word (g~j kã) Opposite word (wecixZ kã)
full careful (hZœevb) careless (hZœnxb)
(=ful) colourful (iOxb) colourless (iOnxb)
& hopeful (Avkvc~Y©) hopeless (Avkvnxb)
less fearful (fxwZ`vqK) fearless (fxwZnxb)
cheerful (Avb›``vqK) cheerless (Avb›`nxb)
faithful (wek¦¯Í) faithless (wek¦vmnxb)
merciful (`qvjy) merciless (wb`©q)
useful (cÖ‡qvRbxq) useless (wb¤œ‡qvRbxq)

Prefix & Suffix, Synonyms and Antonyms Page # 101


BBS Program

(3) Antonyms by using a new word :


Word Opposite Word
accept (MÖnY Kiv) reject (eR©b Kiv)
big (eo) small (†QvU)
bold (mvnmx) timid, coward (fxiy)
cold (VvÛv) hot (Mig)
cool (VvÛv) warm (Dò)
hope (Avkv) despair (nZvkv)
different (Avjv`v) similar (Abyiƒc)
drowsy (Z›`ªvjy) wakeful (RvMÖZ)
dead (g„Z) alive (RxweZ)
early (mKvj mKvj) late (†`ix)
entirely (mvgwMÖK fv‡e) partially (AvswkKfv‡e)
exposed (cÖKvwkZ) concealed (¸ß)
expanding (cÖmvigvb) contracting (ms‡KvPbkxj)
fat (†gvUv) thin (cvZjv)
forget (fz‡j hvIqv) remember (¯§iY Kiv)
general (mvaviY) specefic (wbw`©ó)
growing (ewa©òz) decaying (¶wqòz)
humble (webqx) Proud (AnsKvix)
hard (KwVb) soft (†Kvgj)
long (j¤^v) short (†QvU)
lend (avi †`Iqv) borrow (avi Kiv)
life (Rxeb) death (g„Zz¨)
liberty (¯^vaxbZv) bondage (eÜb, `vmZ¡)
tall (j¤^v) dwarf (†eu‡U)
minor (AcÖavb, †MŠb) major (cÖavb)
motion (PjgvbZv, MwZ) stillness (wbðjZv)
masculine (cyyiyl RvZxq) feminine (¯¿x RvZxq)
old (e„×) young (ZiyY)
oppose (we‡ivwaZv Kiv) support (mg_©b Kiv)
optimism (Avkvev`) pessimism (ˆbivk¨ev`)
peevish (wLUwL‡U) genial (cÖdzjø)
Pleasure (Avb›`) pain (hš¿Yv)
professional (†ckv`vi) amateur (A‡ckv`vi)
quick (`ªyZ) slow (axi)
reduce (n«vm Kiv) increase (e„w× Kiv)
retreat (cðv`cmiY) advance (AMÖMwZ)
reveal (cÖKvk Kiv) conceal (†Mvcb Kiv)
rude (iƒp) polite (bgª)
rich (abx) poor (`wi`ª)
right (wVK) wrong (fzj)
strict (Kov) lenient (wkw_j)
strong (kw³kvjx) weak (`ye©j)
shy (jvRyK) shameless (wbj©¾)
slumber (wb`ªv) walefulness (RvMiY)
sullen (welbœ) cheerful (cÖdzjø)
survive (†eu‡P _vKv) die (giv)
top (kxl©) bottom (Zj‡`k)
touchy (wLUwL‡U) genial (cÖdzj)ø

Prefix & Suffix, Synonyms and Antonyms Page # 102


Lesson
Rules of Correcting Sentence
or Correction 15
Objectives :

At the end of this lesson you will be able to :


 5
5
5
understand the rules of correcting sentence.
realize the importance of correction.
differentiate correct sentence from incorrect sentence.
5 gain a lot of knowledge from examples.

Bs‡iwR evK¨ MVb Kivi mgq †hme wel‡q wk¶v_x©iv fzj K‡i _v‡K Zv fvjfv‡e †Lqvj Kiv cÖ‡qvRb| fzj
nevi we‡kl we‡kl †¶Î¸‡jvi w`‡K hw` Av‡M †_‡K GKUz g‡bv‡hvM †`qvi Af¨vm _v‡K Zvn‡j evK¨ MVb
Kivi mgq fzj Gov‡bv m¤¢e nq| wk¶v_x©iv cÖavbZ `yB fv‡e fzj K‡i _v‡K t
(i) Word-Gi e¨enviRwbZ fzj
(ii) ev‡K¨i MVbiƒc ev structure RwbZ fzj|
wb‡æ G wel‡q wek` Av‡jvPbv Kiv nj t
1. either I neither cÖ‡Z¨‡K `y'wUi g‡a¨ GKwU eySvq, Z‡e either-Gi cwie‡Z© anyone Ges
neither Gi cwie‡Z© no one ev none e‡m| †hgb-
Inc. Either of the three boys will do.
Cor: Anyone of the three boys will do.
Inc : Neither of the three things will do.
Cor : None of the three things will do.
2. KZ¸‡jv Latin comparative degree-Gi c~‡e© more e‡m bv G‡`i c‡i than bv n‡q to
nq| †hgbÑ junior senior, inferior, superior etc.
Inc. He is superior than Rahim.
Cor: He is superior to Rahim.
Inc. Alam is junior than him.
Cor: Alam is junior to him.
Inc. Bread is inferior than rice.
Cor: Bread is inferior to rice.
3. Complement Øviv †Kvb sentence MwVZ n‡j Gi c~‡e© KLbI as e¨eüZ nq bv| †hgbÑ
Inc : Karim was appointed as Headmaster.
Cor: Karim was appointed Headmaster.
Inc : They elected Kader as their captain.
Cor : They elected Kader their captain.
English

4. hLb 'know' verb-Gi object, infinitive nq, ZLb infinitive-Gi c~‡e© `how' emv‡Z nq|
†hgbÑ
Inc: I know to swim.
Cor : I know how to swim.
Cor : I know swimming.
Inc : He knows to write.
Cor : He knows how to write.
Cor : He knows writing.
5. Present perfect tense-Gi g‡a¨ hw` wbw`©ó mg‡qi K_v D‡j- L _v‡K Z‡e Zv present
perfect tense bv n‡q Past indefinite Tense nq|
Inc : The man has died at 2. p.m.
Cor : The man died at 2. p.m.
Inc : He has come here yesterday.
Cor : He came here yesterday.
6. gvby‡li cwie‡Z© other e¨eüZ nq wKš—z †Kvb e¯—z ev ¯’v‡bi cwie‡Z© nq bv| †hgbÑ
Inc : We will buy paper, shirt, pen, shoe and others.
Cor : We will buy paper, shirt, pen, shoe and other things.
7. GK RvZxq eû c`v‡_©i Zzjbv Ki‡j than-Gi c‡i all other ev any other emv‡Z nq|
†hgbÑ
Inc : Kalidas was greater than all poets.
Cor : Kalidas was greater than all other poets.
8. Full hLb Ab¨ GKwU word-Gi mv‡_ hy³ nq ZLb ïay †k‡li 'L'- wU ev` w`‡q w`‡Z nq| †hgbÑ
Inc : The cow is a usefull animal.
Cor : The cow is a useful animal.
9. Bs‡iwR ev‡K¨i ag© Abyhvqx GKB ev‡K¨ double negative e¨eüZ n‡Z cv‡i bv| ZvQvov wb‡Pi
adverb ¸‡jv wb‡RivB negative-Gi A_© cÖKvk K‡i| ZvB Avi bZzb K‡i negative Kivi
`iKvi †bB|
(never, nobody, hardly, scarcely, no more, nothing, until, unless, nor,
neither, seldom)
Inc : Don't never make a noise in the class.
Cor : Never make a noise in the class.
Inc : I did not see nobody in the field.
Cor : I saw nobody in the field.
10. hLb †Kvb sentence-G wgwbU D‡j- L _v‡K ZLb 'O' clock e‡m bv| wgwbU D‡j- L bv _vK‡j
'O' clock e‡m| †hgb-
Inc : I shall start by the 6-30 O'clock train.
Cor : I shall start by the 6-30 train.
Inc : I shall start by the 5 train.
Cor : I shall start by the 5 O'clock train.
11. 'with' Øviv `y'wU subject hy³ n‡j with-Gi c~‡e©i subject Abyhvqx verb e¨eüZ nq| †hgb-
Inc : The president with all his advisers were present in the meeting.
Cor : The president with all his advisers was present in the meeting.
12. mgRvZxq GKvwaK noun ev prnoun-†K hw` and Øviv hy³ K‡i Z‡e †m‡¶‡Î verb
singular nq| †hgb-
Inc : Slow and steady win the race.
Cor : Slow and steady wins the race.
13. †Kvb sentence-Gi subject ev noun, pronoun-Gi mv‡_ mvgÄm¨ eRvq †i‡L sentence-
Gi noun, pronoun-Gi verb-Gi number I person emv‡Z nq| †hgb-
Rules of Correcting Sentence / Correction Page # 103
BBS Program

Inc : A large number of boys was present in the class.


Cor : A large number of boys were present in the class.
14. †Kvb ev‡K¨ GKRb _vK‡j Zvi Rb¨ positive degree, `yBRb _vK‡j Zvi Rb¨ comparative
degree Ges `yB Gi AwaK n‡j Zvi Rb¨ superlative degree n‡e| †hgb-
Inc : He is a better student.
Cor : He is a good student.
Inc : Sumon is good than his brother.
Cor : Sumon is better than his brother.
Inc : He is better boy in this class.
Cor : He is the best boy in this class.
15. Comparative degree -Gi †¶‡Î c~e©eZx© †Kvb noun-†K †evSv‡Z cieZx© pronoun-Gi
mv‡_ 's' hy³ nq| hw` noun c~‡e© D‡j- L bv _v‡K Z‡e †m‡¶‡Î 's' em‡e bv| A_©vr ÔUv' A‡_©
n‡j second person-Gi mv‡_ 's' hy³ nq| †hgb-
Inc : His report is better than your.
Cor : His report is better than yours.
16. mvaviYZ m‡nv`i bq Ggb †jvK‡`i g‡a¨ eo †evSv‡Z older Ges m‡nv`i fvB/†evb‡`i g‡a¨ eo
†evSv‡Z elder e¨eüZ nq| m‡nv`i‡`i g‡a¨ me‡P‡q eo †evSv‡Z superlative degree
eldest e¨eüZ nq| m‡nv`i‡`i g‡a¨ †QvU †evSv‡Z younger Ges me‡P‡q †QvU †evSv‡Z
youngest e¨eüZ nq| †hgb-
Inc : He is our younger brother.
Cor : He is the youngest brother of us.
17. In Ges after-Gi e¨env‡ii †¶‡Î g‡b ivL‡Z n‡e †h, in me mgq future tense Ges after
me mgq past tense-G e¨eüZ nq| †hgb-
Inc : They will answer after a month.
Cor : They will answer in a month.
18. cvi¯úwiK m¤úK©hy³ conjunction ev corelative conjunction-Gi †¶‡Î me mgq GKB
RvZxq clause, parts of speech ev phrase nq| †hgb-
Inc : He is as famous like Browning.
Cor : He is as famous as Browning.
19. very Ges much -Gi e¨envi Gi †¶‡Î j¶Yxq †h, very me mgq present participle-Gi
c~‡e© I much me mgq past participle-Gi c~‡e© e‡m| †hgb-
Inc : The story is much interesting.
Cor : The story is very interesting.
20. fancy, wish, as though, as if, high time cÖf…wZi ci memgq past tense nq| †hgb-
Inc : I fancy that the tempest stops soon.
Cor : I fancy that the tempest would stop soon.
21. each ev every Øviv hw` †Kvb noun qualified nq Z‡e †m‡¶‡Î verb singular number
n‡e| †hgb-
Inc : Every gentleman and every lady are given prize.
Cor : Every gentleman and every lady is given a prize.
22. same I such-Gi e¨env‡ii †¶‡Î wKQy cv_©K¨ †`Lv hvq| same-Gi c‡i as Ges gv‡S gv‡S
that e‡m wKš—z such-Gi c‡i me©`v as e‡m| †hgb-
Inc ; You lost the same book which I lost.
Cor : You lost the same book as I lost.
Rules of Correcting Sentence / Correction Page # 104
English

23. Sentence-G e¨eüZ adjective ev participle-†K Avjv`v ev m¤úK©nxb ivLv P‡j bv| †hgb-
Inc : Though much depressed, there is still hope for her.
Cor: Though she is much depressed, there is still hope for her.
24. †ek wKQy verb †hgb- see, feel, mind, love, hate, like, hope, resemble, cost,
forget, consist, suffice, sound, sum, believe, smell, wish, know, prefer,
doubt, possess, imagine, taste, fear, please, astonish, understand, belong
cÖf…wZ verb-Gi KL‡bv continuous tense nq bv| †hgb-
Inc : I am seeing a bird.
Cor : I see a bird.
25. msL¨vi aviYv †evSv‡Z comparative-G fewer Ges cwigv‡ci aviYv †evSv‡Z less e¨eüZ nq|
†hgb-
Inc : No less than four eggs were broken.
Cor : No fewer than four eggs were broken.
26. hw` wZbwU person A_©vr GKB sentence-G hw` 1st, 2nd, 3rd GB wZbwU person-B _v‡K,
Z‡e fvj KvR A_©vr positive KvR †evSv‡Z 231 A_©vr 2nd, 3rd I 1st person e‡m Ges
g›` ev negative KvR †evSv‡j 132 A_©vr 1st, 3rd I 2nd person e‡m| †hgb-
Inc : I, he and you have helped the victims.
Cor : You, he and I have helped the victims.
Inc : You, he and I are to be blamed.
Cor : I, he and you are to be blamed.
27. one of e¨envi K‡i †Kvb e„nr As‡ki †Kvb portion ev Ask †evSv‡j †m‡¶‡Î c‡ii noun ev
pronoun plural nq| †hgb-
Inc : One of the student was sick.
Cor : One of the students was sick.
28. GKB noun ev pronoun A_©vr GKB subject hLb GKB mv‡_ `ywU KvR Ki‡e ev `y'wU ¸‡Yi
AwaKvix n‡e, ïay ZLbB H `yB ¸Y ev verb-Gi m¤úK© ¯’vc‡b not only---- but also e¨eüZ
n‡e| †hgb-
Inc : Not only he is a good student but also a good debater.
Cor : He is not only a good student but also a good debater.
29. had better, had sooner, had rather cÖf…wZ phrase sentence-G e¨eüZ n‡j Gi
cieZx© verb, principal verb wn‡m‡e e¨eüZ n‡e| †hgbÑ
Inc : We had better to leave this place.
Cor : We had better leave this place.
30. we‡kl wKQy wKQy word Av‡Q †hgb- information, furniture, scenery, poetry, hair,
machinery, off-spring BZ¨vw` memgq sentence-G singular verb MÖnY K‡i| †hgb-
Inc : The machinery imported from Japan work well.
Cor : The machinery imported from Japan works well.
31. Hardly, lest, until, unless, scarcely, none, nobody, no where BZ¨vw` me©`v
negative A_© cÖKvk K‡i| myZivs G¸‡jvi mv‡_ not, no, do not BZ¨vw` e¨envi Kiv wVK bq|
Inc : I have not hardly any money.
Cor : I have hardly any money.

Rules of Correcting Sentence / Correction Page # 105


BBS Program

wb‡gœ wKQy D`vniY D‡j- L Kiv nj t


Examples
In : She loves flowers.
Cor : She likes flowers.
Inc : She prides on her beauty.
Cor : She prides herself on her beauty.
Inc : The standard of their life is very high.
Cor : The standard of their living is very high.
Inc : She is neither seen to act or sing.
Cor : She is neither seen to act nor heard to sing.
Inc : She has given birth to a child.
Cor : She has begot a child.
Inc : Completing my work, I went out.
Cor : Having completed my work, I went out.
Inc : She is one of those who is not able to say no.
Cor : She cannot refuse.
Inc : One of our family members is invited there.
Cor : One of the members of our family is invited there.
Inc : My son is ill this week.
Cor : My son has been ill all this week.
Inc : She will combat with my view.
Cor : She will oppose my view.
Inc : She is comparatively better today.
Cor : She is better today.
Inc : He will come just now.
Cor : He has come just now.
Inc : I have read a poetry.
Cor : I have read a piece of poetry.
Inc : Kamal is deaf of hearing.
Cor : Kamal is short of hearing or hard of hearing.
Inc : Bread and butter are my breakfast.
Cor : Bread and butter is my breakfast.
Inc : He takes his meal there.
Cor : He takes his meals there.
Inc : Don't loose your heart.
Cor : Don't loose heart.
Inc : He is selected as chairman.
Cor : He is selected chairman.

Rules of Correcting Sentence / Correction Page # 106


English

Inc : Shortly this is what happened.


Cor : In short this is what happened.
Inc : Describe the incident in short.
Cor : Describe the incident in brief.
Inc : He is too strong to do this.
Cor : He is strong enough to do this.
Inc : I feel somewhat well.
Cor : I am pretty well.
Inc : Karim is somewhat tall for this age.
Cor : Karim is rather tall for this age.
Inc : You are hearing the sound.
Cor : You hear the sound.
Inc : He is waiting for a week.
Cor : He has been waiting for a week.
Inc : The party is comprised of ten man.
Cor : The party comprises ten man.
Inc : It is a true fact.
Cor : It is a fact.
Inc : So far I know he is an innocent.
Cor : So far as I know he is innocent.
Inc : The food was very tasteful.
Cor : The food was very tasty.
Inc : What name shall I call you?
Cor : By what name shall I call you?
Inc : None of us are perfect.
Cor : None of us is perfect.
Inc : Our teacher will not take the class today.
Cor : Our teacher will not hold the class today.
Inc : Airport is busy place.
Cor : Airport is a busy place.
Inc : Taking our seats, the game started.
Cor : While we were taking our seats, the game started.
Inc : When four years old, Paul's father died.
Cor : While four years old, Paul's father died.
Inc : Each of the actors made their entrance on time.
Cor : Each of the actors made his entrance in time.
Inc : Sitting on the top of the pyramid, the camels look very tiny.
Cor : While I was sitting on the top of the pyramid, the camel looked small.
Inc : Before I arrived, they had a serious quarrel.
Cor : Before I reached, they had a serious quarrel.
Rules of Correcting Sentence / Correction Page # 107
BBS Program

Inc : The cost of food, clothing and house hold goods have risen considerably.
Cor : The cost of food, clothing and household goods has risen considerably.
Inc : If you work hard, you will success in life.
Cor : If you work hard, you will succeed in life.
Inc : His hairs are grey.
Cor : His hair is grey.
Inc : Gold is brighter and precious than most other metals.
Cor : Gold is brighter and more precious than any other metal.
Inc : The man was arrested by the police who was innocent.
Cor : The man who was arrested by the police is innocent.
Inc : He is suffering from fever for a week.
Cor : He has been suffering from fever for a week.
Inc : Being very tired, the alarm was not heard.
Cor : As he was tired, he could not hear the alarm.
Inc : Eating out often pacifies her.
Cor : Eating out can often pacify her.
Inc : Playing with fire can get a person into deep water.
Cor : Playing with fire can result in burned fingers.
Inc : A sonnet is when a poem has fourteen lines.
Cor : A sonnet is a poem of fourteen lines.
Inc : Banishing a person is where he is driven out of his country.
Cor : Banishing a person is driving him out of his country.
Inc : The police observe the case.
Cor : The police investigate the case.
Inc : Mr. Rehman is a man of letter.
Cor : Mr. Rehman is a man of letters.
Inc : Get the rule by memory.
Cor : Get the rule by heart.
Inc : I feel myself unwell.
Cor : I feel unwell.
Inc : He knows to swim.
Cor : He knows how to swim.
Inc : Let Rana and I do this.
Cor : Let Rana and me do this.
Inc : I took insult at his words.
Cor : I took offence at his words.
Inc : Life is not a bed of rose.
Cor : Life is not a bed of roses.
Inc : Poverty stares him at his face.
Cor : Poverty stares him in the face.
Rules of Correcting Sentence / Correction Page # 108
English

Inc : He rides on a horse.


Cor : He rides a horse.
Inc : Are you going to join in the meeting?
Cor : Are you going to join the meeting?
Inc : He is neither a poet nor dramatist.
Cor : He is neither a poet nor a dramatist.
Inc : He is senior than you in four years.
Cor : He is senior to you by four years.
Inc : You should refrain to smoke.
Cor : You should refrain from smoking.
Inc : He is quite in dark.
Cor : He is quite in the dark.
Inc : There is no place in the bench.
Cor : There is no room in the bench.
Inc : My friend will come this day evening.
Cor : My friend will come this evening.
Inc : Matin lives in a boarding.
Cor : Matin lives in a boarding house.
Inc : We shall discuss on the matter.
Cor : We shall discuss the matter.
Inc : He is fond of vegetable.
Cor : He is fond of vegetables.
Inc : See the word in the dictionary.
Cor : Look up the word in the dictionary.
Inc : Many a man were present there.
Cor : Many a man was present there.
Inc : He shook my hands.
Cor : He shook hands with me.
Inc : It's a long time since we have met last.
Cor : It's a long time since we met last.
Inc : This is the last but one question.
Cor : This is the last question but one.
Inc : My father is good in health.
Cor : My father is in good health.
Inc : We have not reached a final conclusion.
Cor : We have not reached a conclusion.
Inc : I have fewer than one hundred taka.
Cor : I have less than one hundred taka.
Inc : He insists me to do this.
Cor : He insists on my doing this.
Rules of Correcting Sentence / Correction Page # 109
BBS Program

Inc : I cannot approve the proposal.


Cor : I cannot approve of the proposal.
Inc : He is resembling to his father.
Cor : He resembles his father.
Inc : She saw a bad dream last night.
Cor : She dreamt a bad dream last night.
Inc : I consider you as my brother.
Cor : I consider you my brother.
Inc : Open page seven.
Cor : Open at page seven.
Inc : One should perform his duties.
Cor : One should perform one's duties.
Inc : She prefers to sing than to dance.
Cor : She prefers singing to dancing.
Inc : He ordered for coffee.
Cor : He ordered coffee.
Inc : I will mend my pencil.
Cor : I will sharpen my pencil.
Inc : I am forbidden from going there.
Cor : I am forbidden to go there.
Inc : He has taken admission into college.
Cor : He has got admitted into college.
Inc : Slow and steady win the race.
Cor : Slow and steady wins the race.
Inc : I want the criminal to punish.
Cor : I want the criminal to be punished.
Inc : You cannot help to do this.
Cor : You cannot help doing this.
Inc : I have turned every stone to get a job.
Cor : I have left no stone unturned to get a job.
Inc : I will go out for a business.
Cor : I will go out for a piece of business.
Inc : I have no pen to write.
Cor : I have no pen to write with.
Inc : I will speak to the concerned officer.
Cor : I will speak to the officer concerned.
Inc : It is time we start our mission.
Cor : It is time we started our mission.
Inc : I took my birth in a village.
Cor : I was born in a village.
Rules of Correcting Sentence / Correction Page # 110
English

Inc : The clock has struck twelve hours.


Cor : The clock has struck twelve.
Inc : I wish I was a bird.
Cor : I wish I were a bird.
Inc : The reason of his absence was due to illness.
Cor : His absence is due to illness.
Inc : He gave me thank.
Cor : He gave me thanks.
Inc : He talks as if he is mad.
Cor : He talks as if he were mad.
Inc : The director brainwashed the freshmen.
Cor : The director briefed the freshmen.
Inc : They do not keep no records.
Cor : They keep no records.
Inc : I will not leave you go today.
Cor : I will not let you go today.
Inc : I could not hardly quit then.
Cor : I could hardly quit then.
Inc : He bought many furnitures.
Cor : He bought a lot of furniture.
Inc : This is a new discovery to us.
Cor : This is a discovery to us.
Inc : He said that he will support me.
Cor : He said that he would support me.
Inc : She says good English.
Cor : She speaks good English.
Inc : If you study regularly, you pass.
Cor : If you study regularly, you will pass in the examination.
Inc : Rekha has resigned from her post.
Cor : Rekha has resigned her post.
Inc : When one cannot swim you fear deep water.
Cor : The person who cannot swim fears deep water.
Inc : Rony was willing to pay the bill, and his purse was empty.
Cor : Rony was willing to pay the bill but his purse was empty.
Inc : A loud radio does not detract me when I am reading a good novel.
Cor : A loud radio does not distract me when I am reading a good novel.

Rules of Correcting Sentence / Correction Page # 111


LESS
Lesson
Joining of Sentences 16
Objectives :

At the end of this lesson you will be able to :


 

know how to join sentences.
identify the structures of different sentences.
 describe how to divide a sentence.
 solve the exercise.

GB Lesson-G wewfbœ Pattern-Gi Sentence ‰Zixi Rb¨ Structure †`qv Av‡Q| †m Abyhvqx
wewfbœ wbqg cÖ‡qvM K‡i `yÕwU Sentence-‡K join-K‡i GKwU Sentence-G cwiYZ Ki‡Z n‡e| wb‡gœ
avivevwnKfv‡e Structure I wbqg¸‡jv Av‡jvPbv Kiv nj t

1. So-------- that (GZ --------- †h)


So-------- that w`‡q `ywU Sentence- †K hy³ Ki‡Z n‡j wb‡gœi wbqg Aby¯§iY Ki‡Z nq|
a) cÖ_g ev‡K¨i very Gi cwie‡Z© so
b) Zvici Adjective / adverb.
c) c‡i (.) full stop D‡V that
d) †k‡l wØZxq evK¨|
‡hgbt
(i) The man is very fat. He can not move.
Ans: The man is so fat that he can not move.
(ii) Rana was a very honest boy. He could never tell a lie.
Ans. Rana was so honest boy that he could never tell a lie.

2. Too ------- To (GZ/GZB----------- †h)


hLb `yB ev‡K¨i Subject GK _v‡K ZLb GB wbqg t
(a) cÖ_g ev‡K¨ verb _vK‡j Zv ev` w`‡q †mLv‡b too wjL‡Z n‡e| GQvov cª_g ev‡K¨i Avi †Kvb cwieZ©b
n‡e bv| verb bv _vK‡j cÖ_g ev‡K¨i verb Gi c‡i too emv‡Z n‡e|
(b) Gi c‡i Full stop ev` w`‡q to wjL‡Z n‡e|
(c) Gi c‡i wØZxq ev‡K¨i verb †_‡K kyiy K‡i ‡kl ch©š— wjL‡Z n‡e| wØZxq ev‡K¨i verb wU Past
tense _vK‡j cwieZ©b K‡i Present tense-G wb‡Z n‡e|
(d) wØZxq Sentence Gi ïiy‡Z sufficient, so, but, and, as _vK‡j Zv ev` w`‡Z n‡e|
English

D`vniY t
a) The boy is very small. He cannot do the work.
Ans:- The boy is too small to do the work.
b) Jerry was very honest. He did not show any excuse.
Ans:- Jerry was too honest to show any excuse.

* hLb `ywU ev‡K¨i Subject wfbœ nq, ZLb GB wbqg t


(a) 1g Sentence G h_vixwZ too e‡m Ges D³ sentence Gi Ab¨ †Kvb cwieZ©b nq bv +
(b) for e‡m +
(c) 2q Sentence Gi Subject wUi Objective form e‡m +
(d) to e‡m +
(e) g~j verb †_‡K †kl ch©šÍ e‡m (Z‡e 1g sentence Gi subjcet †K wb‡`©kKvix †Kvb pronoun
_vK‡j Zv D‡V hvq)
D`vniYÑ Mr. Rahim is very honest. The villagers can not disobey him.
Ans. Mr. Rahim is too honest for the villagers to disobey.
D‡j- L¨ t too Gi c~‡e© ev c‡i †Kvb article e‡m bv ZvB †m‡¶‡Î article wU D³ Sentence Gi †k‡lv³
Noun Gi c~‡e© e‡m|
D`vniY t
It is a very interesting matter. We can not overlook it.
Ans. It is too interesting a matter for us to overlook.

3. Present Participle (Verb + ing)


* `~wU ev‡K¨i Subject GK n‡j GB wbqg t
a) cÖ_g ev‡K¨i Subject D‡V hvq|
b) Zvici 1g ev‡K¨i Verb Gi Present form Gi mv‡_ ing †hvM Ki‡Z n‡e|
c) cÖ_g e‡K¨i evKx Ask †jLvi ci comma w`‡Z n‡e|
d) wØZxq ev‡K¨i Subject ev` w`‡q †mLv‡b cÖ_g ev‡K¨i Subject wjL‡Z n‡e|
e) Gi ci wØZxq evK¨ AcwieZ©xZ fv‡e wjL‡Z n‡e Z‡e wØZxq ev‡K¨i ïi“‡Z and, so, then,
but _vK‡j ev` w`‡Z n‡e|

D`vniY t
1. Jerry sat by the fire. He told a series of lies.
Ans:- Sitting by the fire, Jerry told a series of lies.
2. The old sailor left the marriage guest. He went away.
Ans:- Leaving the marriage guest, the old sailor went away.

Joining of Sentences Page # 113


BBS Program

4. Because of / On account of (R‡b¨ ev Kvi‡Y)

* KviY wb‡`©kK Sentence wU cÖ_‡g †`qv _vK‡j GB wbqg t


a) me©cÖ_‡g Because of emv‡Z n‡e|
b) Sentence Gi Subject †K Possessive Ki‡Z n‡e|

Subject Possessive Case


I My
She Her
They Their
He His
We Our
Della Della’s
Jerry Jerry’s
You Your
c) Gi c‡i Kvib cÖKvkK ev‡K¨i Verb Gi mv‡_ ing hy³ n‡e|
d) wKš‘ hw` ev‡K¨ ïaygvÎ auxiliary verb _v‡K Zvn‡j am, is, are, was, were _vK‡j Zv ev`
w`‡q H ¯’v‡b being wjL‡Z n‡e Ges ev‡K¨ have, has, had _vK‡j Zv ev` w`‡q H ¯’v‡b having
wjL‡Z n‡e|
e) cÖ_g Sentence Gi evKx Ask wj‡L comma w`‡Z n‡e Ges wØZxq evK¨wU AcwiewZ©Z fv‡e wjL‡Z
n‡e|
f) Joining Kivi mgq †Kvb ev‡K¨i ïiy‡Z so, as, then, but, yet _vK‡j ev` w`‡Z nq|
D`vniY t
1. I was weak. I could not work.
Ans: Because of my being weak, I could not work.
2. I was careful. I escaped the danger.
Ans:- Because of my being careful, I escaped the danger.

* KviY wb‡`©kK Sentence c‡i _vK‡j GB wbqg t


(a) cÖ_‡g dj wb‡`©kK Sentence wU e‡m +
(b) because of e‡m +
(c) KviY sentence wUi subject Gi possessive form e‡m+
(d) g~j verb Gi mv‡_ ing †hv‡M sentence Gi evKx Ask e‡m|
D`vniYt Everybody loves Jasim. He is very honest.
Ans. Everybody loves Jasim because of his being very honest.

* KviY wb‡`©kK sentence Gi ïiy‡Z hw` it ev there _v‡K Zvn‡j GB wbqg t


(a) KviY wb‡`©kK sentence Gi c~‡e© Because of e‡m+
(b) D³ sentence Gi g~j verb Gi ci †_‡K †kl ch©š— e‡m+
(c) Aci sentence wU AcwiewZ©Zfv‡e e‡m|
D`vniYt There was dense fog. They could not go out.
Ans. Because of dense fog, they could not go out.

Joining of Sentences Page # 114


English

5. Not only --------- But also (ïay ZvB bq)


a) Not only --------- But also w`‡q `ywU evK¨‡K hy³ Ki‡Z n‡j cÖ_‡g `ywU evK¨ c‡o wb‡Z n‡e|
cÖ_g I wØZxq ev‡K¨ †h mKj Word GK _v‡K cÖ_g evK¨ †_‡K †mB mKj Word wjL‡Z n‡e Ges
Gi c‡i Not only wjL‡Z n‡e|
b) Gi c‡i cÖ_g ev‡K¨i evKx Ask wjL‡Z n‡e|
c) Not only Gi c~‡e© †h mKj Word wjLv n‡q‡Q wØZxq evK¨ †_‡K †mB mKj Word ev` w`‡q
†mLv‡b But also wjL‡Z n‡e|
d) Gi c‡i wØZxq ev‡K¨i evKx Ask wjL‡Z n‡e|
wØZxq ev‡K¨ also, too, so, and, then, as well _vK‡j Zv ev` w`‡Z n‡e|
D`vniY t
`~BwU ev‡K¨i Subject GK n‡j t
1. They cursed him. They hung the dead albatross.
Ans:- They not only cursed him but also hung the dead albatross.
2. He rebuked me. He helped me too.
Ans:- He not only rebuked me but also helped me.

6. Relative Pronoun (hv Noun ev Pronoun Gi cwie‡Z© e‡m)

mvaviYZt Who, which, that, whose, who, what BZ¨vw` Word ‡K Relative
Pronoun aiv nq| Relative Pronoun w`‡q Sentence hy³ Kivi mgqt
a) cÖ_g evK¨wU AcwieZ©xZ fv‡e wjL‡Z n‡e|
b) wØZxq ev‡K¨i Subject w`‡q gvbyl eySv‡j H Subject ev` w`‡q H ¯’v‡b Who emv‡Z n‡e|
c) wØZxq e‡K¨i Subject w`‡q e¯‘, cÖvbx, wkï, †`‡ki bvg BZ¨vw` eySv‡j H Subject ev` w`‡q H ¯’v‡b
Which emv‡Z n‡e|
d) wØZxq ev‡K¨i Subject hw` his, their, our, her BZ¨vw` _v‡K Zvn‡j Dnv ev` w`‡q H ¯’v‡b
Whose wjL‡Z n‡e|

wØZxq ev‡K¨i Subject hLb gvbyl eySv‡e ZLb Who em‡e|


D`vniY t
1. I met a boy yesterday. He is my brother.
Ans:- Yesterday I met a boy who is my brother.

wØZxq ev‡K¨i Subject hLb e¯‘, cÖvbx, wkï eySv‡e ZLb Which em‡e|
1. The old sailor saw an albatross. It made the wind blow.
Ans:- The old sailor saw an albatross which made the wind blow.
wØZxq ev‡K¨i Subject hLb her, his, my, your, their nq ZLb Whose em‡e|
1. I met a boy. His father is a teacher.
Ans:- I met a boy whose father is a teacher.

Joining of Sentences Page # 115


BBS Program

7. Since / As / Because / For (†h‡nZz, KviY)

a) `yBwU ev‡K¨i g‡a¨ †h evK¨wU KviY cÖKvk K‡i †mB evK¨wUi c~‡e©B G¸‡jv emv‡Z n‡e| Z‡e Since /
as ev‡K¨i ïiy‡Z ev gv‡S em‡Z cv‡i| wKš‘ because / for mvaviYZ ev‡K¨i gv‡S e‡m| G‡¶‡Î
KviY cÖKvkK evK¨wU Av‡M _vK‡j Zv for / because- Gi c‡i wb‡q †h‡Z n‡e| 1g evK¨ KviY cÖKvk
Ki‡j MVb t as / since +1g evK¨ + Kgv (,)+2q evK¨| Avevi 2q evK¨ KviY cÖKvk Ki‡j MVb t
1g evK¨ + as / since + 2q evK¨|
b) cÖ_g ev wØZxq ev‡K¨i ïiy‡Z as, so, therefore, as a result, that is why, thus,
this is why, hence, then, _vK‡j Zv ev` w`‡Z n‡e|
D`vniY t
1. Jim was poor. That is why he could not buy a pen.
Ans:- As / Since Jim was poor, he could not buy a pen.
2. The prices of things were much higher. So the writer was startled.
Ans. The writer was startled for/because /as /since the prices of
things were much higher.

8. Infinitive (To +verb)/In Order to (R‡b¨/D‡Ï‡k¨)


Verb -Gi Present form- Gi Av‡M ‘to’ e‡m Infinitive MwVZ nq| Infinitive Øviv `yÕwU evK¨ hy³
Kivi wbqg wbgœiƒc t
a) cÖ_‡g D‡Ïk¨nxb evK¨wU e‡m| Gici D‡Ïk¨ cÖKvkK evK¨wUi c~‡e© Infinitive (to+verb) / in order
to e‡m| Zvici ev‡K¨i Subject, auxiliary verb (must, can, many, shall, will, do,
did BZ¨vw`) D‡V hvq| ev‡K¨i B”Qv ev D‡Ïk¨ cÖKvkK kã/ Phrase (wish / intend / hope /
want / wanted +to, with this end, in view, for this / that purpose BZ¨vw`) cÖf„wZ
ev` hvq| Z‡e †Kvb Negative wPý (not, never BZ¨vw`) _vK‡j Zv ‘to’ -Gi c~‡e© em‡e|
b) Zvici ev‡K¨i g~j Verb- Gi Present form- mn evwK Ask hy³ n‡e|
c) D‡Ïk¨ cÖKvkK evK¨wU cÖ_‡g _vK‡j AciwU‡K ev‡K¨i ïiy‡Z Avb‡Z n‡e|
d) 2q ev‡K¨i †Kvb Pronoun (it, them cÖf„wZ) 1g ev‡K¨i Object- †K wb‡`©k Ki‡j A_©vr GKB
e¨w³/e¯‘‡K eySv‡j Zv ev` hv‡e|

MVb t cÖ_‡g D‡Ïk¨nxb evK¨wU + to / in order to + D‡Ïk¨ cÖKvkK ev‡K¨i Subject ev` + ev‡K¨i
auxiliary verb, wish / intend / want + to BZ¨vw` _vK‡j ev` + g~j Verb- Gi Present
form +ev‡K¨i evwK Ask|
Example :
(a) I have some duties. I must perform them.
Ans. I have some duties to perform.
(b) I shall never do it again, I am determined.
Ans. I am determined never to do it again.
(c) The dog lay close to him. It wanted to find comfort there.
Ans. The dog lay close to him to / in order to find comfort there.

Joining of Sentences Page # 116


English

9. In Spite of / Despite (m‡Ë¡I/hw`I)


a) G‡¶‡Î 2q ev‡K¨ notwithstanding, still, but, yet, nevertheless cÖf„wZ _vK‡j ev` hv‡e|
b) Zvici evK¨ `ywUi †hwU‡Z m‡Ë¡I/hw`I aviYv hy³ _v‡K, Zvi c~‡e©B in spite of e‡m| But, yet cÖf„wZ
2q ev‡K¨ _vK‡j 1g ev‡K¨i Av‡M In spite of e‡m|
c) In spite of 1g ev‡K¨i Av‡M em‡j 1g evK¨ †k‡l GKwU Kgv (,) em‡e|
d) In spite of-Gi c‡i e¨eüZ ev‡K¨i Subject-Gi Possessive form/case nq| †hgb: He-
his, she-her, you-your, it-its, they-their cÖf„wZ nq| Z‡e †Kvb Noun Subject n‡j
†hgbÑ Rahim, the girl, the porter cÖf„wZi c‡i apostrophe (,) s †hvM nq|
N.B: ‡Kvb ev‡K¨i Subject cvwL, cÖvwY, e¯‘, c`v_©, AvenvIqv, kix‡ii A½ cÖf„wZ n‡j H kã/kã mg~n
AcwiewZ©Z Ae¯’vq In spite of -Gi c‡i e‡m|
e) Zvici ‘Be’ Verb (am, is, are, was, were cÖf„wZ g~j wn‡m‡e _vK‡j)- Gi cwie‡Z© being,
Verb “To Have’ (has, have, had cÖf„wZ) _vK‡j Gi cwie‡Z© having nq Ges g~j Verb
(love, dislike, kill, hate cÖf„wZ) _vK‡j Gerund-G cwiYZ nq A_©vr g~j Verb- Gi Present
form Gi mv‡_ ‘ing’ hy³ nq|
(i) `ywU ev‡K¨i Subject GK n‡j in spite of- Gi c‡i Pronoun- Gi Possessive form e¨envi
KivB †kªq Ges Noun- wU‡K Ab¨ As‡ki Subject Ki‡Z n‡e|
N. B: Inspite of/ despite-Gi Øviv Ab¨ wbq‡gI evK¨Øq hy³ Kiv hvq| †m‡¶‡ÎI, Gi c‡ii Subject-
Gi Possessive form n‡e| Zvici g~j Verb iƒ‡c e¨eüZ am, is, are, was, have, has, had
cÖf„wZ _vK‡j ev` hv‡e Ges Adjective _vK‡j Zv Noun-G cwiYZ n‡e| †hgb; rich-riches, poor-
poverty, strong-strengh cÖf„wZ nq| Z‡e †Kvb Ôg~jÕ / ‘Doing’ verb _vK‡j Gi Present form-
Gi mv‡_ ‘ing’ hy³ nq|
MVb t (i) In spite of + Subject- Gi Possessive form + being/having / verb+ing
(gerund)+ m‡Ë¡I aviYv hy³ ev‡K¨i evwK kã + Kgv (,) + Ab¨ evK¨wU|
A_ev, (ii) In spite of + Subject-Gi Possessive form + g~j Verb iƒ‡c _vKv am/is/
are/was / were / have/has / had ev` + Adjective-Gi Noun form / Verb + ing
(gerund) +m‡Ë¡I aviYv hy³ ev‡K¨i evwK kã + Ab¨ evK¨wU|

Example :
(a) The old sailor killed a bird. Yet, he got relief.
Ans. In spite of his killing a bird, the old sailor got relief.

(b) He was unhappy. He had vast wealth.


Ans. He was unhappy in spite of his having vast wealth.

Or, He was unhappy in spite of his vast wealth.

(c) I was busy. Yet, I met him yesterday.


Ans. In spite of my being busy, I met him yeserday.

Joining of Sentences Page # 117


BBS Program

10. Though / Although (hw`I/m‡Ë¡I)


1. (a) `ywU AvcvZt we‡iva aviYv‡K hy³ Ki‡Z Conjunction iƒ‡c though/although e¨eüZ
nq| G‡¶‡Î 2q ev‡K¨ notwithstanding, still, yet, but, nevertheless cÖf„wZ _vK‡j
ev` hv‡e|
(b) Gici `ywU ev‡K¨i †hwUi mv‡_ hw`I/m‡Ë¡I aviYv hy³ _v‡K, Zvi c~‡e©B although/though e‡m|
But, yet cÖf„wZ 2q ev‡K¨ _vK‡j although/though 1g ev‡K¨i Av‡M em‡e|
(c) Although/though ev‡K¨i ïiy‡Z em‡j 1g evK¨ †k‡l GKwU Kgv (,) em‡e|
MVb t 1g evK¨ + although/though +2q evK¨|
A_ev, Although / Though +1g evK¨+Kgv (,)+2q evK¨|
A_ev, Although / Though + †h ev‡K¨i Dci †ewk †Rvi+Ab¨ evK¨wU|

Example:
(a) They will come. They have no car.
Ans. They will come though / although they have no car.
(b) It is difficult to explain. But it exists.
Ans. Although/Though it is difficult to explain, it exists.
(c) Her eyes were shining brilliantly. But her face had lost its colour.
Ans. Though her eyes were shining brilliantly, her face had lost its colour.

Exercise
Too ------- To
1. I am extremely tired. I cannot help him.
2. I was very young. I had not learned to say ‘no’ to a women.
3. He played very well. He got the prize.
4. They are very nice. They cannot be used.
5. The parcel is very heavy. It cannot be sent by post.
6. Jerry was very honest. He was liked by the authoress.
7. The load is very heavy. I cannot carry it.

Present Participle
1. I had finished my word. Then I left the room.
2. I answered. I thanked her.
3. The old sailor went away. He left the marriage guest.
4. The sun has set. We went outside.
5. The tea is very hot. I cannot drink it.
6. Della was slender. She mastered the art.

Joining of Sentences Page # 118


English

Because of
1. He had experince. He was appointed Headmaster.
2. He behaved badly. He was punished.
3. I worked hard. I earned much money.
4. They played well. They won the prize.

Not only ---- but also


1. The lady ate caviare. She also drank coffee.
2. Jerry is honest. He is industrious too.
3. We are poor. We are also unwilling to work hard.
4. Foreign travel is pleasant. It is also instructive.

Relative Pronoun
1. Jerry had an imaginary mother. She lived in Mannvile.
2. I read David copperfield. It is a very interesting book.
3. She is a beautiful girl. Her sister is a nurse.
4. He is a teacher. I saw him writing.

Since / As
1. God forgave the old saior. He showed love to all creatures.
2. Della sold her hair. She wanted to buy a gift for Jim.

Infinitive
1. People at school read books. They want to please their teacher.
2. We gain knowledge. We go to school.
3. He buys vegetables. He goes to market.
4. I shall never do it. I am determined.

In Spite of
1. The boy could not pass the examination. He was inattentive.
2. The weather is very rough. We cannot go out.
3. There was cold weather. They could not go out.

Joining of Sentences Page # 119


BBS Program

Answer key
(Too ------- To)
1. I am too tired to help him.
2. I was yoo young to have learned to say ‘no’ to a women.
3. He played too well to get the prize.
4. They are too nice to be used.
5. The parcel is too heavy to be sent by post.
6. Jerry was too honest to be liked by the authoress.
7. The load is too heavy for me to carry.

(Present Participle)
1. Having finished my word, I left the room.
2. I answered thanking her.
3. The old sailor went away leaving the marriage guest.
4. The sun having set, we went outside.
5. The tea being very hot, I cannot drink it.
6. Della being slender, mastered the art.

( Because of)
1. Because of his having experince, he was appointed Headmaster.
2. Because of his behaving badly, he was punished.
3. Because of my working hard, I earned much money.
4. Because of their playing well, they won the prize.

(Not only ---- but also)


1. The lady not ony ate caviare but also drank coffee.
2. Jerry is not only honest but also industrious.
3. We are not only poor but also unwilling to work hard.
4. Foreign travel is not only pleasant but also instructive.

(Relative Pronoun)
1. Jerry had an imaginary mother who lived in Mannvile.
2. I read David copperfield which is a very interesting book.
3. She is a beautiful girl whose sister is a nurse.
4. He is a teacher whom I saw writing.

Joining of Sentences Page # 120


English

(Since)
1. God forgave the old saior since he showed love to all creatures.
2. Della sold her hair since she wanted to buy a gift for Jim.

(Infinitive)
1. People at school read books to please their teacher.
2. We go to school to gain knowledge.
3. He goes to market to buy vegetable.
4. I am determined never to do it.

(In Spite of)


1. In spite of his being inattentive the boy could not pass the
examination.
2. In spite of the weather being very rough, we cannot go out.
3. In spite of cold weather, they could not go out.

Joining of Sentences Page # 121


Lesson
LESSO
Transformation of Sentence 17
N

Objectives :

At the end of this lesson you will be able to :


 

understand how to transform a sentence
find out some examples of opposite words
 identify positive, comparative and superlative adjectives.
 describe the transforamtion of active and passive voice.
 know how to solve the exercise.

ev‡K¨i A_© cwieZ©b bv K‡i Ab¨ ev‡K¨ iycvš—wiZ Kivi wbqg‡K Transformation of Sentence
e‡j| Sentence Gi wbgœwjwLZ iycvšÍi‡K Transformation Gi AšÍfy©³ Kiv nq| †hgbt -
1. Affirmative to Negative.
2. Assertive to Interrogative.
3. Exclamatory to Assertive.
4. Simple, Complex I Compound Sentence Gi g‡a¨ ci¯úi cwieZ©b|
5. Positive, Comparative I Superlative Gi g‡a¨ ci¯úi cwieZ©b|
6. Active voice †K passive voice-G iƒcvšÍi|

Affirmative to Negative:
Rule 1. Affirmative Sentence ‡K Negative Sentence - G cwieZ©b Kivi wbqg t-
e¯‘i †¶‡Î only Gi RvqMvq nothing but e¨eüZ nq Ges eq‡mi †¶‡Î only Gi cwie‡Z© not
more than e‡m| †hgb t-
Affirmative: He has only a few pens
Negative: He has nothing but a few pens.
Affirmative: He was only twenty five.
Negative: He was not more than twenty five.
mvavibZ t Affirmative Sentence Gi Only / Alone Gi cwie‡Z© ev‡K¨i ïi“‡Z None but
ewm‡q Negative Kiv nq| †hgb t-
Affirmative: - Only Allah can help us.
Negative: - None but Allah can help us.

Rule 2. Affirmative Sentence G Must _vK‡j Zvi RvqMvq Can not but, can not help
e‡m| Z‡e can not help Gi c‡i †h verb _v‡K Zvi mv‡_ ing †hvM Ki‡Z n‡e| †hgb t-
Affirmative: - I must go there.
Negative : - I cannot but go there.
Affirmative: - We must obey the rules.
Negative: - We can not help obeying the rules.
English

Rule 3. Affirmative Sentence G hw` Every _v‡K, Z‡e Negative Kivi mgq Every Gi
cwie‡Z© There is no e‡m+ Every Gi c‡i kãwU e‡m + but e‡m + sentence Gi evKx Ask
e‡m| †hgb-
Affirmative: - Every Mother loves her child.
Negative: - There is no Mother but loves her child.

Rule 4. Affirmative Sentence ‡K Negative Kivi mgq Auxiliary verb Gi c‡i Not emv‡Z
nq Ges sentence Gi g‡a¨ Aew¯’Z Adjective wUi wecixZ Word wU emv‡Z nq|
Affirmative: - He is a good boy.
Negative: - He is not a bad boy.
Affirmative: - We are happy.
Negative: - We are not unhappy.

wKQz wecixZv_©K k‡ãi bgybv t-


Happy – Unhappy. Honest – Dishonest.
Good – Bad. Always – Never.
Friend – foe Present – Absent.
Mortal – immortal. Rich – Poor.
Wise – Unwise. Love – Hate.

Affirmative to Negative
Exercise :
1. Only Rahim was present there.
2. Only Rita can do it.
3. You must obey your parents.
4. Everyone wants to be happy.
5. The man is honest.

ASSERTIVE TO INTERROGATIVE

Rule 1. A‡_©i cwieZ©b bv K‡i mvnvh¨Kvix verb hy³Assertive Sentence ‡K Interrogative –


G i“cvš—i Kivi mgq hw` Sentence wU Affirmative nq Zvn‡j bx‡Pi wbqgwU e¨envi Ki‡Z nqt
Auxiliary verb cÖ_‡g e‡m + n’t e‡m+ Subject e‡m + evKx Ask e‡m + cÖkœ‡evaK wPý e‡m|

N.B. Assertive Sentence G Will _vK‡j Interrogative Kivi mgq won’t nq: am _vK‡j
ain’t; shall _vK‡j shan’t Ges can _vK‡j can’t nq|

(i) Asser : He is absent from the meeting.


Int : Isn’t he absent from the meeting?
(ii) Asser : We can do the work.
Int : Can’t we do the work?

Rule 2. Auxiliary verb hy³ Negative A_©‡evaK Assertive Sentence ‡K Interrogative


Kivi mgq Negative kãwU D‡V hvq Ges mvnvh¨Kvix Verb wU cÖ_‡g e‡m|

(i) Asser : He is not a good boy.


Inter : Is he a good boy?

Transformation of Sentence Page # 123


BBS Program

(ii) Asser : I shall not go to school tomorrow.


Int : shall I go to school tomorrow?

Rule 3. mvnvh¨Kvix Verb wenxb Assertive Sentence ‡K Interrogative Kivi mgq subject
I Tense Abyhvqx cÖ_‡g Don’t / Doesn’t / Did’nt e‡m + Subject e‡m + g~j Verb Gi
present form e‡m + gyj verb Gi c‡ii Ask e‡m + cÖkœ‡evaK wPý e‡m|

(i) Asser : He plays football.


Int : Doesn’t he play football ?

Rule 4. Sentence - G hw` Everybody / Everyone _v‡K,Z‡e G‡`i cwie‡Z© Who


doesn’t/Who didn’t e‡m+ g~j Verb-Gi Present Form e‡m+ g~j Verb Gi c‡ii Ask +
cÖkœ‡evaK wPý e‡m|
(i) Asser : Everyone hates a liar.
Int : Who doesn’t hate a liar?
(ii) Asser : Everybody wants to be happy.
Int : Who doesn’t want to be happy ?

Rule 5. Assertive Sentence -G nobody / none / no one _vK‡j Interrogative Kivi


mgq G‡`i cwie‡Z© who e‡m+evKx Ask e‡m+cÖ‡kœv‡evaK wPý e‡m|
(i) Asser : Nobody trusts a liar.
Int : Who trusts a liar ?
(ii) Asser : None can go there
Int : Who can go there ?
or, Can any one go there?

Assertive – Interrogative
Exercise :-
1. He is a writer.
2. Man is mortal.
3. You are not a liar.
4. Everybody loves his motherland.
5. None can do this.

Exclamatory to Assertive
Rule- 1 : Exclamatory Sentence ‡_‡K Assertive Ki‡Z n‡j cÖ_‡g subject e‡m+ verb
e‡m + very/great e‡m+ adjective e‡m + evKx Ask e‡m|
Exclamatory : How nice the bird is !
Assertive : The bird is very nice.
Exclamatory : What a fool he is !
Assertive : He is a great fool.

Rule- 2 : Exclamatory Sentence Øviv Avb›` cÖKvk Ki‡j Hurrah Gi cwie‡Z© It is a


matter of joy that + Hurrah Gi c‡ii Ask e‡m| Avevi `ytL cÖKvk Ki‡j Alas
Gi cwie‡Z© It is a matter of sorrow that + Alas Gi c‡ii Ask e‡m|
Exclamatory : Hurrah ! we have won the game.
Assertive : It is a matter of joy that we have won the game.

Transformation of Sentence Page # 124


English

Exclamatory : Alas! Our grandfather is dead.


Assertive : It is a matter of sorrow that our grandfather is dead.
Rule- 3 : If Øviv Exclamatory Sentence Avi¤¢ n‡j Assertive Kivi mgq cÖ_‡g Subject
e‡m + wish e‡m+ if Gi c‡ii Ask e‡m|
Exclamatory : If I were a poet.
Assertive : I wish I were a poet.
Rule- 4: Had Øviv ïiy n‡j Assertive Kivi mgq cÖ_‡g Subject e‡m+ wish e‡m + cybivq
Subject e‡m+ evKx Ask e‡m|
Exclamatory : Had I been a minister
Assertive : I wish I had been a minister.

Exercise :1. What a big river the Meghna is !


2. How talkative she was!
3. What a fine flower it is!
4. How fortunate the man was!
5. Had I been a merchant!

Assertive to Exclamatory Sentence


Rule- 1 : Assertive Sentence-G Adjective _vK‡j How Ges Noun _vK‡j What w`‡q
Exclamatory evK¨ ïiy Ki‡Z nq| me‡k‡l Note of Exclamation wPý e‡m|
Adjective Gi c~‡e© Adverb wn‡m‡e e¨eýZ Very ev great D‡V hvq|
MVb t What (a) / How + Adjective + Subject + verb + evKx Ask (hw` _v‡K)
+ Exclamatory wPý e‡m|
Assertive : The cuckoo sings very sweetly
Exclamatory : How sweetly the cuckoo sings!
Assertive : You are a great fool.
Exclamatory : What a fool you are!
Rule- 2 : Assertive Sentence-G wish _vK‡j exclamatory Kivi mgq ïi“‡Z If / Had
e‡m| †hgbÑ
Assertive : I wish I were a king.
Exclamatory: If I were a king!

Exercise : 1. The rose is a very nice flower.


2. I wish I were a king.
3. The scenery of Cox’s Bazar is very nice .
4. I wish I were a poet.
5. I wish I were young again.

Transformation of Sentence Page # 125


BBS Program

Degree
Degree of Adjectives -Gi gva¨‡g Sentence-Gi Transformation Kiv hvq| cÖ_‡g Avgiv
Degree m¤ú‡K© GKUz aviYv †bB|
Degree wZb cÖKvi| h_v t (1) Positive (2) Comparative (3) Superlative
(1) Positive Degree : Kvnv‡iv mv‡_ Zzjbv Kiv eySvq bv| Adjective Gi Positive Gi iƒc e‡m|
†hgb t He is a good boy.
(2) Comparative Degree : `yB‡qi g‡a¨ Zzjbv eySvq| Adjective Gi Comparative Gi iƒc
e‡m| Adjective Gi Comparative Gi c‡i than e¨envi Ki‡Z nq|
†hgb t He is better than Anis
(3) Superlative Degree : `yB‡qi Awa‡Ki mv‡_ Zzjbv eySvq| Adjective Gi Superlative Gi
iƒc e‡m| Superlative Gi iƒ‡ci c~‡e© the e¨envi Ki‡Z nq|
†hgb t He is the best boy in the class
GK Syllable (GK K‡i D”PvwiZ nq Ggb Adjective) wewkó Adjective Gi mv‡_ er †hvM
K‡i Comparative Ges est †hvM K‡i Superlative Ki‡Z nq| †hgb t
Positive Comparative Superlative
Small Smaller Smallest
Tall Taller Tallest
eû Syllable wewkó Adjective Gi More †hvM K‡i Comparative Ges Most †hvM K‡i
Superlative Ki‡Z nq| †hgb t
Positive Comparative Superlative
Beautiful More beautiful Most beautiful
Intelligent More intelligent Most intelligent

e¨wZµg t
Positive Comparative Superlative
Good Better Best
Bad worse worst
Little Less Least
Much More Most

Positive to Comparative Degree


Rule : (i) Adjective-‡K Comparative Ki‡Z n‡e|
(ii) Positive-G Adjective Gi Av‡M I c‡i †h As... as ev So .... as _v‡K Zv ev` w`‡Z
n‡e|
(iii) A‡_©i cwieZ©b hv‡Z bv nq †m Rb¨ Verb Gi c‡i not emv‡Z nq|
(iv) Comparative Degree i c‡i than e‡m|
Positive : Salina was as beautiful as Sabina.
Comparative : Sabina was not more beautiful than Salina
Positive : Dalim is as wise as Sohel.
Comparative : Sohel is not wiser than Dalim.
Transformation of Sentence Page # 126
English

Positive Degree to Superlative Degree


Rule : (i) Subject †K Object Ges Object †K Subject Ki‡Z n‡e|
(ii) Superlative Degree i c~‡e© the emv‡Z n‡e|
(iii) Adjective Gi Superlative form nq|
(iv) Adjective Gi c~‡e© I c‡i as ............as, so .........as D‡V hvq|
(v) No other I very few D‡V hv‡e|
Positive : No other metal is as useful as iron.
Superlative : Iron is the most useful metal.
Positive : Very few metals are as precious as gold.
Superlative : Gold is one of the most precious metals.
Positive : No other man in the village is as old as Baser Bepari.
Superlative : Baser Bepari is the oldest man in the village.
Positive : No other city in Bangladesh is as big as Dhaka.
Superlative : Dhaka is the biggest city in Bangladesh.

Comparative to Positive Degree


Rule : (i) Comparative Degree-i Subject-†K hvi mv‡_ Zzjbv Kiv nq Zv‡K Subject
wnmv‡e cÖ_‡gB emv‡Z nq|
(ii) Adjective Gi c~‡e© I c‡i as ... as, so ... as emv‡Z nq|
(iii) A‡_©i wgj ivL‡Z Verb Gi c‡i not e¨envi Ki‡Z nq Ges Adjective Gi Positive
form Ki‡Z nq| GQvov Comparative Degree-†Z e¨eýZ than D‡V hv‡e|
Comparative : Salam is more intelligent than Shihab.
Positive : Shihab is not as intelligent as Salam.
Comparative : Hero is wiser than Milon.
Positive : Milon is not as wise as Hero.

Superlative to Positive Degree


Rule : (i) Sentence Gi ïiy‡ZB No other e‡m|
(ii) Adjective †K Positive form K‡i Gi c~‡e© I c‡i as ... as, so .... as e‡m|
(iii) Subject I object c¶všÍi nq|
Superlative : Dhaka is the biggest city in Bangladesh.
Positive : No other city in Bangladesh is as big as Dhaka.
Superlative : Honesty is the best policy.
Positive : No other policy is as good as honesty.

Exercise : 1. Hira is the best girl in the class. (Positive)


2. Panna is the most brilliant girl in the class. (Positive)
3. He is stronger than I.(Positive)
4. Panna is taller than Hira (Positive)

Transformation of Sentence Page # 127


BBS Program

5. Rahim is not cleverer than Karim (Positive)


6. He is as wise as his brother (Comparative)
7. Habib is not as clever as Murad (Comparative)
8. No other girl in the class is as tall as Sumi (Superlative)
9. No other boy in the class is as fat as Ruhul. (Superlative)
10. No other man in the village is as wise as Rahim. (Superlative)

Sentence
Sentence-Gi MVb cwieZ©b K‡i GKwU evK¨‡K Ab¨ ev‡K¨ Transformation Kiv hvq| †m‡¶‡Î
Sentence m¤ú‡K© GKUy aviYv _vKv `iKvi|
ev‡K¨i MVb Abymv‡i evK¨ wZb cÖKvi h_v t
(1) Simple Sentence (mij evK¨)
(2) Compound Sentence (ms‡hvRK evK¨)
(3) Complex Sentence (RwUj evK¨)
(1) Simple Sentence (mij evK¨) t- GB Sentence Gi 1wU Subject+ 1wU Verb _v‡K
mvavibZt Ab¨ Verb Gi mv‡_ ing hy³ _v‡K| ‡hgb t
a) Closing the door, I went outside
b) I found him swimming in the river
(2) Compound Sentence (ms‡hvRK evK¨) t GB Sentence Gi 2wU Ask _v‡K| ev‡K¨ 1wU ev
2wU Subject _v‡K + 2wU Verb _v‡K| ev‡K¨i g‡a¨ mvavibZ and, but, or BZ¨vw` _v‡K|
†hgb t
a) He saw me and gave me some money
b) I am wise but he cannot believe me.
c) Do or die.
d) Work hard and you will prosper in life.
(3) Complex Sentence (RwUj evK¨) t GB Sentence Gi 2wU Ask _vK‡e| cÖwZ As‡k 1wU
Sub + 1wU Verb Aek¨B _vK‡Z n‡e| ev‡K¨i ïiy‡Z mvavibZ When, As, Since, if,
although, though _v‡K| wKš‘ ev‡K¨i gv‡S em‡j that, so that, who, what, when,
which, where, after, before BZ¨vw` _v‡K| †hgb t
a) When he found me, he ran away.
b) Although he is wise, he is honest
c) As I was ill, I could not help him
d) I saw a ship which was coming towards us
e) He sold his watch so that he could buy comb.

Simple to Complex Sentence


Rule : (i) Simple Sentence-‡K Complex Sentence G iƒcvšÍi Ki‡Z n‡j `ywU Subject I
`ywU Verb e¨envi Ki‡Z n‡e|
(ii) GKwU Conjunction hv Subordinate Clause Gi c~‡e© emv‡Z n‡e|

Transformation of Sentence Page # 128


English

(iii) Simple Sentence Gi †Kvb Word ev Phrase-†K m¤cÖmvwiZ K‡i Subordinate


Clause MVb Ki‡Z n‡e|
Simple : I know your name.
Complex : I know what your name is.
Simple : I know your birth place.
Complex : I know the place where you were born.

Complex to Simple Sentence


Rule : (i) Simple Sentence G iƒcvšÍ‡ii mgq Complex Sentence G e¨eýZ Conjunction
D‡V hv‡e|
(ii) GKwU gvÎ Subject I GKwU Finite Verb n‡e|
Complex : I know what your name is.
Simple : I know your name.
Complex : I know your birth place.
Simple : I know the place where you were born

Simple to Compound Sentence


Rule : (i) Simple Sentence †_‡K Compound Sentence G iƒcvšÍi Ki‡Z `ywU Subject I
`ywU Finite Verb Ges and, or, but BZ¨vw` Conjunction Øviv `ywU Clause †K hy³
Ki‡Z n‡e|
(ii) Simple Sentence Gi GKwU Subject I GKwU Finite Verb wVK †i‡L H
Sentence Gi †Kvb Word ev Phrase-†K m¤cÖmvwiZ K‡i Av‡iKwU Clause ˆZwi Ki‡Z
n‡e †h Clause G GKwU Subject I GKwU Finite Verb _vK‡e|
(iii) Simple Sentence-G being I having _vK‡j Compound Kivi mgq being I
having ev` w`‡Z nq| Being Gi cwie‡Z© am, is, are, was ev were Ges having
_vK‡j Zvi cwie‡Z© had e¨envi Ki‡Z nq|
Simple : Hearing a sound, Salam woke up.
Compound : Salam heard a sound and woke up.
Simple : Completing the work, Raju went back home.
Compound : Raju completed the work and went back home.
Simple : Owing to his illness, he could not attend the meeting.
Compound : He could not attend the meeting because he was ill.
Simple : Seeing me, she burst into tears.
Compound : She saw me and burst into tears.

Compound to Simple Sentence


Rule: (i) Conjunction DwV‡q w`‡q Compound Sentence-†K Simple Sentence G iƒcvšÍi
Ki‡Z n‡e|
(ii) `ywU Clause Gi gv‡S e¨eýZ and, or BZ¨vw` Conjunction DwV‡q w`‡q †mLv‡b GKwU
Comma e‡m|
Compound : Salam heard a sound and woke up.
Simple : Hearing a sound, Salam woke up.
Compound : She saw me and burst into tears.
Simple : Seeing me, she bust into tears.
Transformation of Sentence Page # 129
BBS Program

Voice
Voice-Gi †¶‡ÎI Sentence-Gi Transformation m¤¢e| Active Voice-‡K Passive -G
iƒcvš—i K‡i Avgiv Sentence-Gi Transformatioin Ki‡Z cvwi|

Active voice ‡K Passive voice – G iƒcvšÍ‡ii wbqg t-


Rule-1. Active voice Gi object wU Subject nq Ges Subject wU Object nq I Zvi c~‡e © by
e‡m|
Rule-2. Subject I Tense Abymv‡i mvnvh¨Kvix verb e‡m|
Rule-.3.me©`v g~j verb Gi Past Participle form e‡m|

Rule-1. Gi e¨vL¨v Rule-2. Gi e¨vL¨v


Subject Object
I Me 1. Present Indefinite – am, is, are.
We Us 2. Present Continuous – am being, is being, are
being.
You You 3. Present Perfect – has been, have been.

He Him 1. Past Indefinite – was, were.


She Her 2. Past Continuous – was being, were being.
It It 3. Past Perfect – had been.
They Them
Rahim Rahim 1. Future Indefinite – Shall be, will be.
Rita Rita 2. Future Continuous - Shall be being, will be
The book The book being.
The cat The cat 3. Future Perfect –Shall have been, Will have
been.
Rule-3. Gi e¨vL¨v t- Grammar eB †_‡K verb Gi Present, Past I Past Participle GB
wZbwU iƒc co‡Z n‡e Ges Past Participle iƒcwUB Voice -G e¨eüZ nq|

1. wewfbœ Tense G Voice -Gi e¨envi t


(a) Present Indefinite: -
(i) Active – They play football. [S+V+O]
S V O
(ii) Passive –Football is played by them.
S (Aux-v) (Prin-v) O

Object Gi Subject + mvnvh¨Kvix verb + g~j verb Gi Past Participle +by + Subject Gi
Object
Example:- 1. Mr. Roy teaches us English.
2. You draw a picture.
3. They kill a tiger.
(b) Present Continuous: -
Active:- Hamid is reading a book. [ S+V+O]
S V O
Passive:- A book is being read by Hamid.
S (mvnvh¨KvixV) g~jV O

Transformation of Sentence Page # 130


English

Example: 1. I am writing a letter.


2. They are eating mangoes.
3. They are singing a song.

(c) Present Perfect:-


Active: - The man has done the work.
S V O
Passive: - The work has been done by the man.
S (mvnvh¨KvixV) g~jV O
Example: - 1. The boy has broken the glass.
2. They have drunk tea.
3. You have written a letter.
(d) Past Indefinite: -
Active: - The man stopped the guests.
S V O
Passive: - The guests were stopped by the man.
S (mvnvh¨KvixV) g~jV O
Example: - 1. We killed a bird.
2. I know the boy.
3. The man drove the car.
(e) Past Continuous : -
Act: - They were flying kites.
S V O
Passive: - Kites were being flown by them.
S (mvnvh¨Kvix V) g~jV O
Example: - 1. He was doing a sum.
2. The man was catching fish.
3. They were watching TV.

(f) Past Perfect: -


Active: - We had dug the canal.
S V O
Passive: - The canal had been dug by us.
S (mvnvh¨Kvix V) g~jV O
Example: - 1. They had finished the work.
2. You had driven the car.
3. I had eaten rice.
(g) Future Indefinite: -
Active: - I shall do the work.
Passive: - The work will be done by me.
S (mvnvh¨KvixV) g~jV O
Example: - 1. The boy will help me.
2. He will fly a kite.
3. I will do my duty.
(h) Future Continuous: -
Active: - We shall be taking tea.
S V O
Transformation of Sentence Page # 131
BBS Program

Passive: - Tea will be being taken by us.


S (mvnvh¨KvixV g~j V O

Example: - 1. He will be teaching us.


2. You will be writing a letter.
3. They will be catching fish.

(i) Future Perfect: -


Active: - He will have read the book.
S V O
Passive: - The book will have been read by him.
S (mvnvh¨Kvix V) g~j V O
Example: 1. I shall have written the letter.
2. You will have eaten rice.
3. We shall have killed the bird.
2. May. Might, can, could, would, should, must BZ¨vw` mvnvh¨Kvix verb Gi c‡i
Passive voice- G be e‡m Ges Zvic‡iB g~j verb Gi Past Participle e‡m | †hgb: -
Active : You must do the work.
Passive : The work must be done by you.
3. Interrogative sentence ‡K Passive Ki‡Z n‡j ---
cÖ_‡g Auxiliary verb + object + g~j verb Gi Past Participle + by + subject-Gi
Object + ?
†hgbt -
Active : Did you play football?
Passive : Was football played by you?
4. Imperative sentence ‡K Passive Ki‡Z n‡j -
(a) Let + object + be + Past Participle.
(b) Let not + object + be +Past Participle + Ext.
†hgbt (i) Active : Do the work.
Passive : Let the work be done.
(ii) Active : Do not shut the door.
Passive : Let not the door be shut.
5. mvaviYZt verb Gi c‡i Object _v‡K Ges †mB Object ‡K a‡i Voice Ki‡Z nq| ZvQvov
Object Gi c‡ii kã¸wj evowZ Ask wnmv‡e AcwiewZ©Z ‡_‡K by Zvi c~‡e© e‡m| †hgbt-
Active : I saw him reading a book.
Passive: He was seen reading a book by me.
6. wKQy wKQy Verb Gi c‡i by bv e‡m to, with, at BZ¨vw` e‡m| †hgbt -
(a) Active : I know the boy.
Passive : The boy is known to me.
(b) Active : Panic seized the writer.
Passive : The writer was seized with panic.

Exercise
Change the following sentences according to direction
1. Going to market, Tanvir bought a pen. (Complex)

Transformation of Sentence Page # 132


English

2. As I was ill, I could not come to school. (Simple)


3. Being dissatisfied he resigned the post. (Compound)
4. Committing the crime, he was punished. (Complex)
5. Being guilty, he ran away. (Complex)
6. Since the old man killed the bird, he brought bad luck to the crew(Simple)
7. When it is spring, the cuckoo sings. (Simple)
8. Drinking water, he wanted to save money. (Compound)
9. Being truthful, he could not tell a lie. (Compound)
10. Della sold her hair and bought a platinum fob chain. (Simple)

Answer Key :
Affirmative to Negative
1. None but Rahim was present there.
2. None but Rita can do it.
3. You can not but obey your parents.
4. There is no one but wants to be happy.
5. The man is not dishonest.

Assertive – Interrogative
1. Isn’t he a writer ?
2. Isn’t man mortal ?
3. Are you a liar ?
4. Who does not love his motherland ?
5. Who can do this ?

Ans :- Exclamatory - Assertive


1. The Meghna is a very big river.
2. She was very talkative
3. It is a very fine flower.
4. The man was very fortunate
5. I wish I had been a merchant.

Ans :- Assertive - Exclamatory


1. What a nice flower the rose is !
2. How nice the scenery of Cox’s-Bazar is !
3. If I were a poet !
4. If I were young again !

Degree
1. No other girl in the class is as good as Hira.
2. No other girl in the class is as brilliant as Panna.
3. I am not so strong as he.
4. Hira is not so tall as Panna.
5. Karim is so clever as Rahim
6. His brother is not wiser than he.
7. Murad is cleverer than Habib.
8. Sumi is the tallest girl in the class.
9. Rahul is the fattest boy in the class.
10. Rahim is the wisest man in the village.
Transformation of Sentence Page # 133
BBS Program

Simple – Complex
1. When Tanvir went to market, he bought a pen.
2. Being ill, I could not come to School.
3. He was dissatisfied and resigned the post.
4. As he committed the crime, he was punished.
5. As he was guilty, he ran away.
6. Killing the bird, the old man brought bad luck to the crew.
7. In Spring, the cuckoo sings.
8. He drank water and wanted to save money.
9. He was truthful and could not tell a lie.
10. Selling her hair, Della bought a platinum fob chain.

Transformation of Sentence Page # 134


Lesson
Dialogue Writing 18
Objectives :

At the end of this lesson you will be able to :


 5
5
5
realize the necessity of Dialogue.
identify some rules of Dialogue writing.
increase the ability of making new sentences.
5 develop cnversation skill.
5 communicate with international institutions.

Dialogue k‡ãi A_© msjvc| mvaviYfv‡e `yR‡bi g‡a¨ K_vevZ©vB nj msjvc| GwU Bs‡iwR‡Z K_v
ejvi `¶Zv AR©‡bi †¶‡Î GKwU ¸iyZ¡c~Y© welq| we‡`kx †Kvb e¨w³i mv‡_ K_v ejvi mgq GwUi ¯^vfvweK
e¨envi †`Lv hvq| Avgv‡`i wk¶v_x©iv Bs‡iwR ej‡Z I wjL‡Z †Zgb `¶ bq| wk¶v_x©‡`i wjLb-cV‡b
`¶Zv e„w×i Rb¨ GwU LyeB cÖ‡qvRbxq ms‡hvRb| Gi gva¨‡g wk¶v_x©‡`i art of conversation - Gi
DbœwZ NU‡e|
Dialogue †jLvi ev ejvi Rb¨ wKQy mvaviY w`K †Lqvj ivL‡Z nq t
1. Gi fvlv n‡e Direct Narration Gi fvlv|
2. Dialogue-Gi h_v_© e¨env‡ii Rb¨ Interrogative Sentence Gi Dci `Lj _vKv Avek¨K|
Dialogue-G WH question ev Yes-no question Gi e¨envi AZ¨šÍ ¸iyZ¡c~Y©|
3. Dialogue- Gi e³e¨ AZ¨šÍ msw¶ß n‡Z nq| Gi Rb¨ Contraction A_©vr k‡ãi Z_v wµqvi
msw¶ßiƒc e¨envi Kiv DwPZ|
4. mvaviYZ PUzj ev nvm¨imvÍK ev‡K¨i e¨env‡i Dialogue- G cÖvY mÂvi K‡i| wb‡P wKQy Dialogue-
Gi D`vniY †`qv nj| G¸‡jv Abykxj‡bi gva¨‡g wk¶v_x©iv Zv‡`i wjLb-cVb ej‡b `¶Zv jvf
Ki‡e|

1. Write a dialogue between you and your friend about physical exercise:
Myself : Hello, friend, what are you doing here?
Monir : I am taking physical exercise here.
Myself : Do you take it regularly?
Monir : Of course.
BBS Program

Myself : Why do you take it regularly?


Monir : Actually it makes my body fit and free from diseases. It offers
me a spirit of self-confidence and courage to face the struggle
of life. That's why, I take it regularly.
Myself : I am getting interested to take regular physical exercise.
Monir : I think, you should take it regularly for your betterment.
Myself : Yea, I will take it regularly.
Monir : You have taken a good decision. Thank you very much.
Myself : Same to you.

2. Write a dialogue asking directions.


Passerby : Excuse me. How can I go to Shahbag?
Shahin : You can take a rickshaw or go by bus.
Passerby : How far is it?
Shahin : It is not very far.
Passerby : Is there any bus stand near here?
Shahin : Yes, go straight along this road. Take the first turning on the
right. Keep going about 300 meters. Then take the second
turning on the right. You will see many buses coming and
going.
Passerby : Thank you very much.
Shahin : You are welcome.

3. Write a dialogue between a client and the manager of a bank about


opening a bank account.
Client : May I come in, please?
Manager : Yes, come in.
Client : I would like to open an account with your bank. Could you tell
me what to do?
Manager : Yes, you can open a savings account. Here is an application
form. You have to fill it in and be introduced by someone who
has an account with us. He must put his signature on this
card and write his address and account number in the relevant
part of the application.
Client : Is that all?
Manager : No, here is a signature card. You have to put your specimen
signature on this card and attach two passport-size
Dialogue writing Page # 136
English

photographs. They must be attested by your introducer. You


have to bring some cash in order to open an account.
Client : Thank you very much for your help.
Manager : You are welcome.

4. Write a dialogue between Myself and Putin about his visit to


Bangladesh.
Myself : Hello, I am Kamal. I think you are a visitor. What is your
country?
Putin : Nice to meet you. I am Putin from Russia. Your country is very
nice.
Myself : Is this your first visit?
Putin : Yes, I have come first and just a few hours ago. I need a guide.
Would you be my guide, please?
Myself : Sorry, I am busy now. But I make an arrangement for you.
Where do you want to visit first?
Putin : I've heard about Cox's Bazar. It is the longest sea-beach in the
world.
Myself : Yes, It is 150 kilometers long. You may also visit Teknaf. Saint
Martin Island and Moheskhali.
Putin : I also want to visit other important places in your country.
First, I would like to go to Cox's Bazar by bus.
Myself : We have some luxurious bus service to Cox's Bazar. One of my
friends has experience about tourism. Within an hour I hope
he will meet you as a guide.
Putin : Thank you.
Myself : Welcome, it's my pleasure.

5. Write a dialogue between a customer and a salesman.


Customer : Do you have Olympic ball pen?
Salesman : Yes, we have. Which colour do you want?
Customer : Black.
Salesman : Here it is.
Customer : What will it cost?
Salesman : Not much, Only taka ten.
Customer : Won't you take less?
Salesman : Fixed price.
Customer : Then, give me one
Dialogue writing Page # 137
BBS Program

Salesman : Will you have anything else?


Customer : No, thanks, Here is the price.
Salesman : It's a fifty taka note. Don't you have change?
Customer : I am sorry. I don't have.
Salesman : Wait a bit, please I am giving you the rest of the money.
Customer : Thank you very much.
Salesman : You are welcome.

6. Write a dialogue between you and your friend about mobile phone.
Myself : Hello friend, I see, you have bought a mobile phone. But do
you know what a mobile phone is?
Matin : Definitely. It is a telephone system that works without any
wire.
Myself : O, fine. What is its utility?
Matin : It is of great use. Through mobile phone, one can send
messages, play games and sports, know about time, date,
week, month and year, solve the work of calculation, be aware
of current news and views, watch various programmes of
television and get amazed and amused.
Myself : Interesting. I am eager to buy a mobile phone.
Matin : Yea, you should buy a mobile phone.
Myself : So far as I know, the whole world seems to be a global village
with the golden touch of mobile phone.
Matin : Of course, within a very short time we can communicate with
the people living in distant places.
Myself : It also saves our valuable time and money, Isn't it?
Matin : Of course. Thank you very much.
Myself : Same to you.

7. Write a dialogue between a doctor and his patient.


Doctor : What is your complaint?
Patient : I have been suffering from insomnia for the last few days.
Would you please cure of this trouble?
Doctor : Oh, sure. But before that tell me if you do any physical labour
at home.
Patient : To tell you frankly, I spend my time in reading, gossiping and
sleeping.
Doctor : Do you suffer from any tension?
Patient : Yes, I suffer from this or that tension.
Doctor : That's the reason. I shall test your blood pressure. Your blood
150
pressure is high It is 100
Patient : What? How could it be? What shall I do now? Oh God!

Dialogue writing Page # 138


English

Doctor : Have patience. You are averse to physical labour. This led to
your high blood pressure.
Patient : Won't you give me any medicine?
Doctor : Yes, of course. You will take this medicine regularly and you'll
soon be quite O. K.
Patient : Thank you, I shall try to obey your advice.
Doctor : I wish a sound health.

8. Write a dialogue between two friends about a new teacher.


Rahim : Well, how do you like the new teacher?
Karim : I think, he is a nice teacher.
Rahim : How can you say that? Do you know about his academic
career?
Karim : Yes, I know that his career is brilliant.
Rahim : Do you think mere good qualification is the only criterion to be
a good teacher.
Karim : I don't think that but his mode of expression, pleasing voice
and subjective knowledge are also praiseworthy. For this
reason, I am telling this.

9. Write a dialogue between two friends about a picnic.


Milon : At last the boring examination is over and we are free. How do
you think of enjoying a picnic now?
Rubel : Oh, its a fine idea. We missed it last year. Let us fix up a date
and location.
Milon : What about going to the Maynamoti next Friday?
Rubel : O fine! That's a beautiful place to go to. Be quick.
Milon : Let the day be the next Friday and we will start right at 9 am.
from the Saidabad Bus Terminal.
Rubel : That's all right.
Milon : What will we have there?
Rubel : Why, 'Biriani'. Don't you like it?
Milon : Hundred times.
Rubel : That's fine. But we will cook our food ourselves. We won't have
packet lunch.
Milon : Thank you very much.
Rubel : you are welcome.

10. Write a dialogue between Myself and Limon about the effects of flood.
Myself : Hello, Limon. How are you?
Limon : Fine. You?

Dialogue writing Page # 139


BBS Program

Myself : I am okay. But I think about flood. I know you got a better
experience about flood last year. Would you tell me something
about flood.
Limon : Flood is very devastating. It affects us a great deal.
Myself : Would you briefly narrate the effects of flood.
Limon : During the flood roads and lands go under the water. For this
the sufferings of the people know no bounds.
Myself : Pardon me, I will be glad if you describe the people's sufferings.
Limon : People are rendered homeless. They have to take shelter at the
flood counter center. The sufferings of the People cannot be
described in a single sentence.
Myself : Would you tell anything about the after effects of flood?
Limon : After-effects of flood are very serious. There arises an acute
scarcity of pure drinking water. As a result different kinds of
diseases break out.
Myself : This is the bad side of the flood. Is there any good side to the
flood?
Limon : Yes, there is a good side too. During floods silts are scattered
over the lands making them fertile. As a result, people can get
a lot of crops.
Myself : Thank you very much for your wise discussion, good-bye.

11. Write a dialogue between two friends before starting a business.


Rahim : You have got a good division. Now what would you do? Would
you like to go in for higher studies.
Karim : Your result is not bad either. Luck favours you. Isn't it?
Rahim : Thanks to heaven for this. I didn't expect so much.
Karim : You see, my father has become old. He cannot work hard. He is
the only earning member of our family. As his only son, have I
not some duties to perform?
Rahim : What do you propose to do, then?
Karim : I will apply for a job.
Rahim : Do you think you will get it?
Karim : Why not? Have I not the qualification?
Rahim : No that. The thing is that there are thousands like you. There
would be hard contest. Fortune may not smile on you.
Karim ; What shall I do then? I can't starve.
Rahim : Better start a small business first. Soon you will get on and
earn a lot.
Karim : I have neither money nor experience in the line. How can I do
that?
Rahim : You see, unemployment problem is very acute in our country.
You may get help from the self-employment projects of the
government. They will give financial assistance and guidelines.
Karim : Shall I be able to pay back the loan?
Dialogue writing Page # 140
English

Rahim : Oh, sure. Don't be worried, my boy. You may take it on easy
terms.
Karim : Thank you for your suggestion.

12. Write a dialogue between you and your friend about Compulsory
Primary Education.
Myself : Suman, you are looking anxious, what's happened?
Suman : You are right. I am thinking about the children of our country.
Myself : In which aspects do you think about children?
Suman : I am thinking about their education. You know, most of the
children of our country do not know how to read and write.
Myself : You need not worry. Our government has made primary
education compulsory.
Suman ; But it is not sufficient.
Myself : Our government forms a new law that every child between ages
five to ten must complete the primary education as
compulsory. This rules must be obeyed by children's parents.
Suman : Then it's a happy news for us. But will this programme be
successful?
Myself : Oh! Suman, you always think about the negative side of
everything. The government has launched Food for Education
Programme to make it successful.
Suman : I have known much from you. Thanks.
Myself : It's my pleasure.

13. Write a dialogue between you and a passer-by looking for a post office.
Passer-by : Excuse me, please.
Myself : Yes.
Passer-by : I am a new-comer. Would you please tell me the way to the
local post office here?
Myself : Of course. At first, you will go straight to the west and then
you will take a turn to left. After walking for a while, you will
see a two-storied building.
Passer-by : Is that the local post office?
Myself : You are quite right. I think you will easily find out the local
post office.
Passer-by : How far is it from here?
Myself : It is not so far from here. You will be able to reach there within
ten minutes.
Passer-by : Thanks a lot for your help.
Myself : You are welcome.

14. Write a dialogue between two friends about early rising.


Arif : What time do you get up in the morning?
Masud : I get up at 7 am.

Dialogue writing Page # 141


BBS Program

Arif : You are a late riser. It's bad. How can you expect to complete
your day's work in time if you get up late?
Masud : I try to get up but I can't.
Arif : That can't be an excuse. Make it rule to get up early and enjoy
a sound health with a sound mind.
Masud : Besides, I am averse to work.
Arif : That's the reason of your ill health. You know work keeps our
body fit. Stop working and your life will be on the ebb.
Masud : Now I have understood that early rising is necessary for good
health. But I can't practise it myself.
Arif : You will have to make it into a habit. You will see that it has
unending benefit for you.
Masud : O. K. From now on I shall try to rise early so that I can make it
into a habit.
Arif : Fine, I shall see that.

15. Write a dialogue between Myself and my friend Nuru about child labour.
Myself : Hello, Nuru, how are you?
Nuru : Fine, by the grace of almighty Allah. What about you?
Myself : Well by His kindness. Who is with you?
Nuru : He is our servant.
Myself : But he is a child. Why do you treat him as a servant?
Nuru : It is a common sight in Bangladesh.
Myself : What is your conception about child labour?
Nuru : I have a good conception about child labour. Child labour
becomes a common problem in Bangladesh. Many young
children are working for a living around us. These young
working children are being deprived of their fundamental
rights. They have to grind bricks and stones. They also work as
bus conductors or in small factories.
Myself : What is the behaviour of their masters towards them?
Nuru : The masters and housewives are very harsh to them. They do
not regard them as human being.
Myself : What is their physical condition?
Nuru : They suffer from malnutrition as they lack in proper food. They
have a short life. It is the failure of the government and the
society.
Myself : What role should the government and civil society play to
develop their condition?
Nuru : The government and the people concerned should act to
protect their rights and stop their labour. The government
should rehabilitate the slum-dwellers and should create
working opportunities for them. They can help those poor
people in various ways. The government should sanction more
money for Food for Education Programme. The concerned
people can come forward to help the working children. More
Dialogue writing Page # 142
English

children homes should be established for deserted children.


After doing all these, we can expect good children
Myself : Thank you for your opinions.
Nuru : Welcome.

16. Write a dialogue between two friends about the present system of
examination.
Nuru : What do you think of the present system of examination?
Arif : I think it is not good one. In it students only vomit their
crammed answers. (bv ey‡S gyL¯’ Kiv DËi). It does not pave the way
to their creativity.
Nuru : I also think so. All the questions should be unseen and the
students should answer them from the wide spread reading.
Arif : I appreciate your idea and suggest my friends not to read
suggestive questions but to read the whole syllabus to earn
knowledge.
17. Write a dialogue Between a passenger and a booking clerk.
Passenger : Will you give me a ticket for Mymensingh, please?
Booking clerk : Oh, sure. What class?
Passenger : Second class. Here is the fare.
Booking clerk : Thank you. Here is your ticket.
Passenger : Will the train start on time?
Booking clerk : Yes, of course.
Passenger : When will it reach Mymensingh?
Booking clerk : At 9 pm.
Passenger : Is it a local train?
Booking clerk : No.
Passenger : Does it stop at Joydevpur?
Booking clerk : No, it's a non-stop Inter-city Train.
Passenger : Thank you very much.
Booking clerk : You are welcome.

18. Write a dialogue between you and your friend about advertisement on
TV.
Myself : Hello, Saju! How are you?
Saju : I am fine. Thank you.
Myself : How did you enjoy your Eid?
Saju : I spent my time nicely except on TV programme.
Myself : Have you noticed one thing in TV programme recently?
Saju : I don't find anything new. There are too much advertisements of
goods in TV programme. Advertisements have become a
nuisance. Aren't they?
Dialogue writing Page # 143
BBS Program

Myself : I see, what you mean. But don't you think some of the
advertisements are very amusing?
Saju : Who wants such amusements when you are watching
something interesting or exciting? Besides, most
advertisements are irritating and boring.
Myself : There is a lot in what you say, but you must not overlook the
interest of the advertisements. They have to sell their products.
Saju : I don't say that advertisements should be banned. You can
have them before or after a programme but not in the middle of
a programme.
Myself : I couldn't agree more.

19. Write a dialogue between book seller and student.


Student : Excuse me, could you help me please?
Book Seller : Certainly. What can I do for you?
Student : I want to buy a dictionary. Have you any?
Book Seller : I have a lot of dictionaries. Do you want an English to Bengali
dictionary, or any other kind.
Student : I want an English to English dictionary.
Book Seller : All right. I am giving you. Here are they?
Student : Do you have Oxford Dictionary?
Book Seller : I have two kinds of it. Indian Print and London Print.
Student : I would like a London Print. By the by, how much does it
cost?
Book Seller ; It is 450.00 Taka.
Student : Can't you reduce a little?
Book Seller : If you take Indian print, I can reduce something.
Student : Ok, give me a London print.
Book Seller : This is your copy. I hope you will come again. Thank you.

20. Write a dialogue between a teacher and a student for being late in the
class.
Student : May I come in, Sir?
Teacher : Yes, you may. Why are you late?
Student : There were few buses on the road. Sir, with great difficulty I
got into one. For this reason I could not keep time.
Teacher : Is your house far away from the college?
Student : Yes, sir. It's about 10 kilometers.
Teacher : I am sorry for you. What ever it is, you must come in time.
Otherwise, you can't follow the lectures.
Student : What can I do, Sir? We have to depend on the bus service. If
they are late, we are late. If they are early, we are early.
Teacher : Why don't you stay in the college hostel?

Dialogue writing Page # 144


English

Student : My father is a poor farmer. Sir, he can not afford to keep me


in the hostel.
Teacher : I am unhappy to know it. I shall talk about you with the
principal. Sit down.
Student : Thank you, Sir.
Teacher : It's all right.
21. Write a dialogue between Joni and Roni about the bad effects of
Smoking
Joni : Hi Roni, how are you?
Roni : Fine, by the grace of God and you?
Joni : Not bad at all. However, have you ever thought about the bad
effect of smoking?
Roni : I sometimes think about it. It causes serious health hazard. Is
it not?
Joni : Definitely. It causes various kinds of incurable diseases like
cancer.
Roni : Does it pollute the air?
Joni : Obviously. It also pollutes the air.
Roni : In this regard those who are nonsmoker are also affected.
Joni : You've guessed rightly. Both smoker and nonsmoker are
equally harmed by it.
Roni : I see. It' really a matter of concern.
Joni : Not only this. Smoking is also waste of money.
Roni : Is it possible to discourage the people to smoke?
Joni : Sure. If people became aware of the bad effect of smoking, they
will keep away from smoking.
Roni : I think government also has a responsibility to make the people
aware about smoking.
Joni : You will be happy to hear that government of Bangladesh has
recently banned smoking in open places.
Roni : Really? It is a remarkable step. I think if everybody abides by
this law, the habit of smoking will be discouraged.
Joni : Well Roni. No more today. See you again, bye.
Roni : See you again.

22. Write a dialogue between two friends about the plans for holiday.
Anik : I feel that we should go to an interesting place in the next
holiday.
Taj : I also feel like that. But I am pondering over the places of my
choice. There are so many favourite places that I am confused.
Anik : I like the only one place and that is Cox's Bazaar. What do you
think about it?
Dialogue writing Page # 145
BBS Program

Taj : It will be the fantastic one. It went out of my memory. But it is


the best in my choice. I appreciate you from the core of my
heart and want to accompany you.

23. Write a dialogue between Myself and my friend Liana about hobbies.
Liana : Hello, friend, how are you?
Myself : Fine, when have you come?
Liana : Just now, Is this your garden?
Myself : Yes, it is. Do you like this?
Liana : Sure.
Myself : What is your feeling about my garden?
Liana : Really, this is a wonderful garden. Do you regularly take care of
it yourself?
Myself : Yes, my dear friend. You know gardening is my favourite hobby.
Whenever I can find out any leisure period, I remain busy with
my garden.
Liana : That's fine. How long do you spend in taking care of your
garden.
Myself : It's about three hours. What is your favourite hobby?
Liana : My favourite hobby is stamp collection. I collect different foreign
stamps from different sources. I feel always fresh when my
album becomes full of various stamps.
Myself : Your hobby is not bad at all. But my hobby keeps me always
physically and mentally fresh and cheerful.
Liana : But my hobby enhances my knowledge to a great extent.
Through stamps collection I have gathered much knowledge
about geography, history, politics of different countries. I am
very happy with my hobby.
Myself : Thanks for your comment. Let's go home.
Liana : OK.

24. Write a dialogue between myself and my friend about unemployment


problem.
Myself : How do you do, Arif?
Arif : Oh! Sohel, I am so-so, You?
Myself : I am well. What are you doing now?
Arif : Nothing. I am unemployed.
Myself : Why? You are a master degree holder.
Arif : Yes, I am a master degree holder. But my academic degrees and
my subject are not so much valuable in the market of career.
Myself : You have made me puzzled. What is valuable in the field of job.
Arif : Only skill and experience.

Dialogue writing Page # 146


English

Myself : Then you can gather skill and experience in various technical
sides.
Arif : Yes, I have decided to learn the operation of computer and
internet. I have also decided to complete spoken course in
English.
Myself : Thank you, for your pragmatic thought.
Arif : Welcome.

Dialogue writing Page # 147


Lesson
Letter Writing 19
Objectives :

At the end of this lesson you will be able to :


 5
5
explain the classification of Letters.
identify the parts of a Letter.
5 find out the rules of letter writing.
5 develop the skill of writing business letters.
5 gain experience of writing job-application.

AvÍxq ¯^Rb I eÜz-ev܇ei m‡½ †hvMv‡hvM i¶v, wewfbœ ¯’vb I †`‡ki msev` Av`vb-cÖ`vb, e¨emv msµvšÍ
KvR-Kg© cwiPvjbv cÖf…wZ Avgv‡`i‡K wPwVc‡Îi gva¨‡g m¤úbœ Ki‡Z nq| myZivs wbf©yj I my›`ifv‡e
wPwVcÎ †jLvi Af¨vm Kiv GKvšÍ cÖ‡qvRb|

Letter may be divided into the following classes :


[ wPwV¸wj‡K wbæwjwLZ †kªYx‡Z wef³ Kiv hvq| ]
(a) Private letters and telegrams [e¨w³MZ wPwV I †UwjMÖvg|
(b) Social letters. [mvgvwRK Abyôv‡bi wPwV ]
(c) Business letters. e¨emv msµvšÍ wPwV|
(d) Official & Demi-official letters. [miKvix I †emiKvix Awdm msµvšÍ wPwV Ges miKvix
wel‡q †emiKvixfv‡e wjwLZ wPwV ]
(e) Letters in response to the advertisements. [weÁvc‡bi wPwV ]
(f) Letters in response to the advertisements. [msev`c‡Îi m¤úv`‡Ki Kv‡Q wPwV ]
(g) Circular letter or Notice & Draft. [ wb‡`©wkKv ev weÁwß ]

Parts of Letter (wPwVi wewfbœ Ask)


Formal Letter †Kvb D‡Ï‡k¨ e¨eüZ n‡e Zvi Dci wbf©i K‡i Gi g‡a¨ †Kvb †Kvb Ask _vK‡Z n‡e
Zv wba©viY Ki‡Z nq| ZeyI me ai‡bi Formal Letter Gi Rb¨ GKwU mvaviY web¨vm _v‡K| GKwU
Formal Letter-Gi cÖavb Ask QqwU- Heading, Salutation, Subject, Body of the Letter,
Subscription and Signature.
Ab¨w`‡K, Informal Letter-G Subject e¨ZxZ Ab¨ Ask¸‡jv _v‡K Ges AwZwi³
Superscription Ask _v‡K|
BBS Program

G Ask¸‡jv‡K wb‡æv³fv‡e mvRv‡bv hvq t


1. Heading
2. Salutation
3. Subject
4. Body of the Letter
5. Subscription
6. Signature
Stamp
From To
.......................... ..........................
.......................... ..........................
.......................... ..........................

1. The Heading (wk‡ivbvg) t G As‡k cÎ †jL‡Ki c~Y© wVKvbv I ZvwiL, wPwVi G‡Kev‡i Wvb w`‡K
Dcwifv‡M wjL‡Z nq|
2. Salutation (m¤¢vlY ev m‡¤^vab) t GB As‡k hvi Kv‡Q cÎ †jLv n‡”Q Zv‡K m‡¤^vab K‡i †jLv
nq| GwU c‡Îi evg w`‡K Heading hZLvwb Dc‡i _v‡K Zv n‡Z GKUz wb‡P GK jvB‡b wjL‡Z nq| Gi
cÖ_g A¶i Ges wZb kãwewkó n‡j Z…Zxq k‡ãi cÖ_g A¶i Capital Letter n‡e Ges me©‡k‡l GKwU
Comma (,) em‡e| c·jLK I cÖvc‡Ki m¤ú‡K©i wewfbœZv †nZz Salutation I wewfbœ iƒc n‡q _v‡K|
(i) AvÍxq-¯^R‡bi wbKU- My dear Father, My dear Mother, My dear Brother.
(ii) Nwbô, eÜz-ev܇ei wbKU- My dear Karim, My dear Mr. Chowdhury BZ¨vw`|
(iii) mvgvb¨ e¨w³i wbKU- Dear Mr. Karim, Dear Haque, Dear Rina BZ¨vw`|
(vi) AcwiwPZ e¨w³i wbKU- Sir, Madam BZ¨vw`|
(v) †Kvb e¨emvq cÖwZôvb ev e¨emvqxi wbKU- Sir, Dear Sir, Gentlemen, Dear Sirs BZ¨vw`|
(vi) †Kvb miKvwi Kg©Pvixiv wbKU- Sir, Dear Sir, Gentlemen, Dear Sirs BZ¨vw`|
3. (wPwVi g~j welq) t c‡Îi G As‡k ms‡¶‡c (m¤¢e n‡j 1 jvB‡b) wPwVi g~j e³e¨ ev †h cÖm‡½ †jLv
n‡q‡Q Zv D‡jøL Ki‡Z nq| GwU m¤¢vlY As‡ki wb‡P eivei gvwR©‡b wjL‡Z nq| Z‡e A‡b‡K GKUz Wv‡b
mwi‡q wj‡L _v‡Kb|
4. The Body of the Letter (wPwVi g~j Ask) t wPwVi GB As‡k †jL‡Ki e³e¨ welq _v‡K|
Kv‡RB GB Ask me‡P‡q cÖ‡qvRbxq| GK ev GKvwaK w`K (points) Abymv‡i e³e¨ welq GK ev GKvwaK
Paragraph-G wjL‡Z nq| m¤¢vl‡Yi GKUz wb‡P Wvbw`‡K mwi‡q Capital Letter e¨envi K‡i GB
As‡ki cÖ_g jvBbwU Avi¤¢ Ki‡Z nq|
5. The Subscription (f`ªR‡bvwPZ we`vq MÖnY) t g~j wPwV †kl n‡j e³‡e¨i †kl jvB‡bi wVK
wb‡P Wvbw`‡K †jL‡Ki `¯ÍL‡Zi wVK Dc‡i Avjv`v jvB‡b GwU wjL‡Z nq| Gi †k‡l GKwU Comma
emv‡Z n‡e| cÎ †jLK I cÖvc‡Ki ga¨Kvi m¤^‡Üi wewfbœZv Abymv‡i Subscription wewfbœ cÖKvi n‡Z
cv‡it
(i) AvËxq-¯^Rb I eÜz-ev܇ei wbKU- Your affectionate or loving (father, mother, son,
daughter, friend etc.)
(ii) Nwbô eÜz-ev܇ei wbKU- Your sincerely or sincerely yours, Ever yours or yours
ever BZ¨vw`|
Letter Writing Page # 148
English

(iii) AcwiwPZ ev mvgvb¨ cwiwPZ e¨w³‡`i wbKU- Yours truly or Truly yours. Yours
faithfully or Faithfully yours BZ¨vw`|
(iv) `iLv¯—, Av‡e`b cÎ BZ¨vw`‡Z- Yours obediently, Yours faithfully.
(v) wk¶‡Ki wbKU- I remain,
Sir,
Your most obedient pupil.
6. The Signature of the Writer (cÎ †jL‡Ki `¯ÍLZ ev ¯^v¶i) t Subscription-Gi wb‡P
GKUz Wvbw`‡K †jL‡Ki Signature ev `¯—LZ Ki‡Z n‡e| AvZœxq-¯^Rb I Nwbô eÜz-evÜe‡`i wbKU
cÎ †jL‡Ki WvK bvg, ev Nick-name e¨envi Kiv DwPZ| Ab¨‡¶‡Î m¤ú~Y© bvg wjL‡Z n‡e| AvaywbK
ixwZ‡Z Personal Letter-G signature-Gi ci mvaviYZ Full-stop †`Iqv nq| wKšÍz Formal I
Official Letters-G GLb cÖvqB Full stop †`Iqv nq|
7. Superscription (cÖvc‡Ki wVKvbv) t GB As‡k cÖvc‡Ki m¤ú~Y© bvg, Dcvwa Ges wVKvbv wjL‡Z
nq| gymjgvb‡`i bv‡gi c~‡e© Moulvi, Janab Ges wn›`y‡`i bv‡gi c~‡e© Babu, Sri, Srijukta ev
Ae¯’v‡f‡` Dfq‡K Mr. wjL‡Z nq wKsev G mgy`‡qi cwie‡Z© bv‡gi †k‡l Esqr. †jLv hvq wKš—z Av‡M
Ges c‡i GB `yB cÖKvi m¤§vbRbK kã GKm‡½ e¨envi Kiv P‡j bv A_©vr Av‡M Moulvi ev Mr. Ges
c‡i Esq. T; Moulvi Tofazzal Ali, M. A. ; L.L.B; Prof Badaruddin Omar, M.A. BZ¨vw`|
GKvwaK eskbvg ev c`wei (Personal name or surname)-Gi mgwó‡Z MwVZ †Kvb Business
Firm--Gi bv‡gi c~‡e© Messrs e¨eüZ Kiv nq| †hgb- Messrs Khan, Chowdhury and Co.
Firm-Gi bvg ˆbe©¨w³K (impersonal) n‡j Messrs em‡e bv| †hgb- Blue Printers Ltd.
Note : wPwVi KvM‡Ri evg w`‡K AšÍZ GK Bw cwigvY Margin _vKv cÖ‡qvRb|

1. Write a letter to your friend congratulating him on his success in the


Final Examination.
10, Dakshin Khan,
Uttara,
20 Sep. 2006.
My dear Saju,
I have just heard of your result of the Final Examination. I convey my
heartiest congratulations on your brilliant success. To secure A+ in five
subjects is not a matter of joke. All your friends and relatives must be proud
that you have won such distinction. We are specially happy that you
performed so well, even though, you had fallen ill just before the
examination.
I am sure, this result will encourage you to do better in your higher studies.
If you come out successfully of the admission, I hope, you will choose either
Science or Engineering course. If it is Computer Science, you should prefer
BUET.
I think, you are being flooded with letters from your friends and relatives. I
wish you a still more glorious future.
Yours ever,
Arif
Letter Writing Page # 149
BBS Program

2. Write a letter to a friend inviting him to spend the summer vacation


with you.
Rajshahi
My dear Tareq, 1.2.07
Many thanks for your sweet letter.
I came to know that your college will be closed for the summer vacation from
the 20th May. I would like to give you a proposal for spending the vacation
with us at Rajshahi. After a long confinement in the city you will feel happy
in the country-side. The rural environment will refresh your mind and
restore your energy. The Padma and the mango grove are special
attractions. Besides, my parents will be very glad to have you with us.
Please do come.
Your loving friend,
Ahmad

3. Write a letter to your friend inviting him to join the birthday party.
Dhaka
My dear Arif, 1st January, 2007
You will be glad to learn that my fourteenth birthday comes off on the 10th
instant. All our near and dear ones are expected to join the celebration.
Mother asks me to invite you to come and dine with us that evening. There
will be a lot of fun and merry-making on that day.
So be sure to come. With love to you.
Your loving friend
Anis
4. Write a letter to your father inquiring about his health.
Satkhira
The 10th July, 2006
My dear Father,
It is a long time since I received your letter. So we are very anxious at home.
When you left home for your place of work, you were a bit unwell. How are
you at present? We are waiting for your letter. Hope, you will kindly let us
know the present condition of your health.
We request you to come home in the next month. I shall be glad to have you
in our midst.
Hope, this will find you hale and hearty.
Yours lovingly,
Awal.

5. Write a letter to your friend for the loan of a book.


Pabna
August 5, 2006
My dear Asad,
I am sorry to write to you that I lost my book of Grammar, Translation and
Composition, last week. I have learnt that you have two copies of the same
book. So I am requesting you to lend me a copy of yours for a fortnight. I
shall receive money from my elder brother within fifteen days. Then I shall
buy a new copy and return your one without fail. Hope, you will not mind.
Thanking you, Yours ever,

Letter Writing Page # 150


English

Anis

6. Write a letter to your friend about a visit to a place of interest.


Dhaka
July 18, 2006
My dear Mazid,
You will be surprised to hear that during the last short holiday, I along with
some friends went to the Dhakeswari Cotton Mills at Narayanganj by train.
It was a wonderful new experience to me to see hundreds of people working
there. It was really interesting to me to find raw cotton being made into fine
thread and then into the fine cloth. It would have been more interesting if
you were with us.
Yours sincerely
Khaled.

7. Write a letter to your friend inviting him to the marriage ceremoney of


your sister.
Muktagacha, Mymensingh
Dated : 20.07. 06
My dear Abul,
You will be glad to know that my elder sister's marriage ceremony will be
held on the 30th March at our village home.The bridal party will reach here
at 12-30 p.m. All of our relatives and friends will attend the ceremony and
join the party. You will also come to our house on that day earlier and if you
join us I shall be very much glad and so my parents.
With best love to you.
Yours ever,
Kamrul.

8. Write a letter to your friend invinting him/her to join the picnic.


Dhanmondi, Dhaka
Dated : 16.01.06
My dear X,
You will be glad to know that we have arranged a picnic which is going to
take place on the 31st of this month. The place we have chosen that Kotbari
Comilla is undoubtedly a very beautiful and renowned historical place. We
also have hired a 40 seated luxurious coach which will carry us there.
You are also cordially invited to join us to attend the picnic. I request you to
come to our house on that day at 7.30 a.m. Really we shall be very glad to
have you in our midst.
Sincerely yours.
Y.

Letter Writing Page # 151


BBS Program

BUSINESS LETTERS
9. Write a letter to a book selling firm for catalogue of library books.
Comilla Zilla School
The 15th January, 2006
To
The Manager,
........................
........................
Dear Sir,
May I request you to be so good as to send me per book post a catalogue of
your library books at your earliest convenience.
Yours faithfully.
Dated : Comilla Sk. Abdur Rahaman
the 15th January............. BBS 1st year

10. Write a letter to the manager of a publication requesting him to send


you some books.

To St. Paul High School, Satkhira


The Manager The 1st February, 2007
........................
........................

Dear Sir,
I shall be highly obliged if you kindly send me the following books per
V.P.P. at your earliest convenience.
List of books :
1.
2.
3.
Yours faithfully.
Shafiqul Bari
BBS 1st year

11. Write a letter to a sports goods selling firm ordering some sports
goods.

To Chandana High School, Gazipur


The Manager, Dated : 10.01.06
Shialkote Sports
1 no. stadium market,
Dhaka-1000
Letter Writing Page # 152
English

Dear Sir,
I shall be much obliged and glad if you kindly send me the following sports
goods per railway parcel at your earliest convenience.

List of goods :
1. Two footballs
2. Two football pumpers.
3. One pair of gloves.
4. Two cricket bats
5. Three stumps
Thanking you.
Yours faithfully,
Azmol Hossain
Chandana, Gazipur.
12. Write an application to the Circulation Manager for subscribing
newspaper.
To
The Circulation Manager,
The Daily Janakantha,
Dhaka.
Subject : Prayer for enlisting as yearly subscriber.
Dear Sir,
I, the undersigned, wish to be a yearly subscriber of your esteemed "Daily
Janakantha" with effect from the 1st May 2007. I am also remitting here
with Tk. 2000 (Two thousand) only by M. O. for its subscription.
I shall be highly obliged if you kindly enlist me as a yearly subscriber.
Faithfully yours,
Dated : Goripur Atiqur Rahman
25th April......... Goripur, Comilla.

13. Write a letter to a book-seller at Dhaka to send per V.P.P. some books
which are not available at the local market.
To
The Manager
..................... Library, Dhaka
Dear Sir,
I shall be highly obliged if you kindly send me per V.P.P. at your earliest
convenience the following books which are not available in the local
market.
Yours faithfully,
Abul Mazid,
List of books : Bagerhat College, Bagerhat.
1. ................
2. ................

Letter Writing Page # 153


BBS Program

3. ................

14. Write a letter to the publisher for cancelling an order.

To Azad store
M/s. Mullick Brothers & Co. Dakhin Khan
Banglabazar, Dhaka-1000. The 18th April, 2006

Dear Sir,
I beg to draw your attention to my order dated 12-2-06 and to say that this
delay on your part in executing the same has caused me great
inconvenience and some loss too.
Will you be so good as to let me know if the goods ordered have already
been despatched. If they do not reach me within three days, you are
requested to cancel my order.
Yours faithfully,
T. Chowdhury
Manager, Azad Store.

15. Write a letter complaining about a damaged and a defective books.


Azad store, Dhaka
The 26th May, 2006
To
The Manager,
Globe Library,
18 Bangla Bazar
Dhaka.

Dear Sir,
I regret very much to inform you that of the books sent by you in execution
of my order dated March 20, 2006. T. Chowdhury's Biology is in a
damaged condition and Nazrul's Grammar is wanting in 20 pages (pp. 100-
110). These are, therefore, returned to you in a registered cover.
May, I request you to replace them at your earliest convenience.
Yours faithfully,
T. Ahmed.

16. Write a letter to the Manager / Branch Manager of a Bank for a Bank
draft.
Ashkona
Dhaka-1230.
To
The Branch Manager,
Janata Bank
Dakshin Khan.

Letter Writing Page # 154


English

Dear Sir,
I shall be highly obliged if you supply me with a Bank draft of Tk. 2000/-
(Taka two thousand only) in favour of Globe Library.
Please debit the amount to my currect account.
Thanking you,
Yours faithfully
T.Chowdhury

17. Write an application to the authorities concerned for the post of a


clerk.
15 December, 2006
The Manager
Lecture Guide House
38 Banglabazar, Dhaka.

Subject : An application for the post of a clerk.

Sir,
In response to your advertisement in the "Daily Juguntar" on 12th
December, 2006, I have come to know that a clerk is going to be appointed
in your office. I beg to apply for the post. My necessary particulars have
been given below for your kind consideration.
Name : Md. Nazrul Islam.
Father's Name : Md. Insan Ali
Present Address : Vill- Chinishpur, P.O. Narsingdi College.
Dist. Narsingdi
Permanent Address: Vill-Chinishpur, P.O. Narsingdi College,
Dist. Narsingdi
Educational qualifications :
(i) 1997, Dhaka Board; SSC (Second Division)
(ii) 1999, Dhaka Board; HSC Second division.
Nationality : Bangladeshi
Religion : Islam
Date of Birth : 4th July, 1981
Experience : Working at Sure Success Publication, Dhaka since
2000.

May, I therefore, pray and hope that you would be kind enough to consider
my case and appoint me in the post prayed for and oblige thereby.

Letter Writing Page # 155


BBS Program

Yours faithfully,
Md. Nurul Hoque.

Letter Writing Page # 156


Lesson
Translation 20
Objectives :

At the end of this lesson you will be able to :


 5
5
5
know how to translate from Bengali into English.
understand some examples of translation.
gain a lot of knowledge about English language.
5 enrich your stock of words.
5 develop your speed of communication.

cÖ‡Z¨K fvlvi GKwU wewkó evK&f½x Av‡Q| GK fvlv n‡Z Ab¨ fvlvq Abyev` ev Translation Kivi
mgq †m evK&f½xwU AbymiY K‡i Pj‡Z nq; ïay A¶i mvwR‡q w`‡j Abyev` nq e‡U, wKš‘ Zv‡Z gyj fvewU
e¨vnZ nq| evsjv n‡Z Bs‡iwR‡Z Abyev` Kivi mgq wKQy wbqg cvjb K‡i Pj‡Z nq| evsjv evK¨wU‡Z †h
fve e¨³ n‡q‡Q, Bs‡iwR‡ZI †m fvewU h_vh_ cÖKvk Ki‡Z n‡e| Bs‡iwR Sentence-Gi MVb I kã
cÖ‡qvM †m fvlvi e¨vKi‡Yi wbqgvbymv‡i Ki‡Z n‡e| evsjv‡Z †h me we‡klY ev mgvme× c` _v‡K, Zv‡`i
mwVK Bs‡iwR Rvbv bv _vK‡j cÖvq †m fvewU cÖKvk K‡i, Giƒc kã ev kãmgwó e¨envi Ki‡e A_ev Zvi
A_© a‡i mij Bs‡iwR‡Z Translation Ki‡Z n‡e| kãwU G‡Kev‡i ev` w`‡j mg¯Í Sentence-wUB
G‡Kev‡i A_©nxb n‡Z cv‡i| cÖ‡qvRb n‡j fveaviv A¶zYœ †i‡L `ywU †QvU Sentence-†K hy³ K‡i A_ev
GKwU `xN© Sentence-†K wef³ K‡iI Translation Kiv †h‡Z cv‡i| G‡Z fz‡ji Avk¼v Aí _v‡K|
Abyev` hv‡Z mij I cÖvÄj nq †m w`‡K `„wó w`‡e| Tense-Gi e¨envi m¤^‡Ü me©`v mZK© _vK‡e|
g~jK_v GB †h, Passage-wU fvj K‡i c‡o mgMÖ fvewU eyS‡Z †Póv Ki‡e| Zvici cÖwZwU kã I ev‡K¨i
c~Y© Zvrch© ey‡S Translation Ki‡e|
wk¶v_x©‰`i Rb¨ wb‡æ wKQy Translation D`vniY¯^iƒc †`Lv‡bv n‡jv t
1. nvRx †gvnv¤§` gnmxb ûMjx †Rjvq Rb¥MÖnY K‡ib| wZwb Lye `qvjy wQ‡jb| wZwb Mixe w`M‡K eû A_©
`vb K‡ib| Qv·`i Rb¨ wZwb eû A_© e¨q K‡ib| wZwb Rxe‡b weevn K‡ibwb|
Hazi Mohammad Mohsin was born in the district of Hugli. He was very kind. He
gifted much money to the poor. He spent much money for the students. He did
not marry in his life.

2. ‡fvi n‡q‡Q| kxNªB m~h© DV‡e| cvwLiv wKwPi wgwPi Ki‡Q| K…l‡Kiv gv‡V hv‡”Q| Avi NywgI bv| GLb
DV| nvZ gyL †aŠZ Ki| †Lv`vi Kv‡Q cÖv_©bv Ki| eB jI| co‡Z em| Avjøvn Avgv‡`i‡K G my›`i cÖfvZ
w`‡q‡Qb|
English

It is morning. The sun will rise soon. Birds are chirping. Farmers are going to
the field. Do not sleep any more. Now get up. Wash your hands and face. Say
your prayer to God. Take your book. Sit down to read. Allah has given us this
fine morning.

3. wg_¨v ejv gnv cvc| wg_¨vev`x‡K †Kn wek¦vm K‡ibv| mK‡jB Zv‡K N„bv K‡i| †m Rxe‡b myLx nq
bv| KL‡bv wg_¨v e‡jvbv| m`v mZ¨ K_v ej‡e| mZ¨ev`x‡K mevB wek¦vm K‡i|
To tell a lie is a great sin. Nobody believes a liar. Every body hates him. He does
not become happy in life. Never tell a lie. Always speak the truth. Every body
believes a truthful man.

4. cvLxiv AvKv‡k D‡o| G‡`i Wvbv Av‡Q| cvLxiv Mv‡Q evmv euv‡a| Zviv ¯^vaxbfv‡e Pjv †div K‡i|
Zviv djgyj I †cvKvgvKo Lvq| †Kvb †Kvb cvLx cvwb‡Z muvZvi KvU‡Z cv‡i|
Birds fly in the sky. They have wings. Birds build nest on Trees. They move
freely. They eat fruits and insects. Some birds can swim in water.

5. GUv nvmv‡bi cwievi| Zviv `y fvB I GK †evb- nvmvb, Avwid I mvwebv| G‡`i AveŸv Av¤§vI
Av‡Qb| AveŸvi bvg gynv¤§` Avjx| Av¤§vi bvg kvnvbviv †eMg| Zviv cÖ‡Z¨‡K KvR K‡ib| gynv¤§` Avjx
GKRb K…lK, wZwb Zvi †¶‡Z KvR K‡ib| kvnvbviv †eMg ivbœv K‡ib| nvmvb evMv‡bi †`Lvïbv K‡i|
This is Hasan's family. They are two brothers and a sister- Hasan, Arif and
Sabina. They have parents also. Their father's name is Muhammad Ali and the
mother's name is Shahanara Begum. Every one of them works. Muhammad Ali
is farmer. He works in his field. Shahanara Begum cooks. Hasan looks after the
garden.

6. G Avgv‡`i MÖvg| MÖv‡gi bvg kvncyi| GUv †QvU| gvÎ Pvi'k †jvK GLv‡b evm K‡i| MÖv‡gi gvSLv‡b
GKwU we`¨vjq I GKwU WvKNi Av‡Q| `w¶Y cv‡k¦© GKwU †QvU evRvi Av‡Q| mßv‡n `yw`b nvU e‡m| nv‡U
A‡bK †jvK Av‡m| †KD †KD wRwbm wewµ K‡i|
This is our village. Its name is Shahpur. This is small. Only four hundred people
live here. There are a school and a post office in the middle of the village. There
is a little market in its south. The market does on two days in a week. Many
people come here. Some people sell things.

7, GK wQj ivRv| Zvi ivR¨ A‡bK eo| A‡bK †jvKRb| A‡bK abm¤ú`| cÖRviv Zv‡K kª×v KiZ|
ivRv Zv‡`i‡K Lye fvjevm‡Zb| wKš‘ Zvi GKUv `ytL| †Kvb †Q‡j bvB| ZvB wZwb ivR¨ Z¨vM Ki‡jb|
e‡b P‡j †M‡jb| †mLv‡b wZwb Kuv`‡jb jvM‡jb| nVvr †mLv‡b GK `i‡ek G‡jb| wZwb ivRvi K_v
ïb‡jb| `i‡ek Zv‡K ej‡jb evox †h‡Z| AviI ej‡jb, cieZx© eQi Zvi GKUv †Q‡j n‡e|
There was a king. His kingdom was very big. He had many men. He had much
riches and wealth. The subjects respected them. The king loved them very
much. But he had a grief. He had no son. So, he left his kingdom. He went into
a jungle. He began to cry there. Suddenly there came a darvish. He heard the
saying of the king. The darvish told him to go home. Moreover, he said that a
son would be born to him in the next year.

Translation Page # 157


BBS Program

8. ivZ †cvnvj| †fvi †nvj| m~h© DV‡Q| cvLxiv Mvb Mv‡”Q| dzj dz‡U‡Q| dz‡j dz‡j †gŠgvwQ Do‡Q|
AveŸv Nyg †_‡K D‡V‡Qb| AveŸv bvgvR co‡Qb| gv Pv ˆZix Ki‡Qb| AvwgI Nyg †_‡K D‡VwQ| nvZ gyL
ay‡qwQ| GLb co‡Z eme|
The night is over. It is dawn. The sun is rising. Birds are singing. Flowers have
bloomed. Bees are flying from flower to flower. Father has got up from sleep. He
is saying his prayer. Mother is making tea. I have also got up from bed. I have
washed my hands and mouth. Now I shall sit down to read.

9. QvMj M„ncvwjZ Rš—z| QvMj bvbv e‡Y©i nq| Giv Lye Kó mn¨ Ki‡Z cv‡i| QvMj `je× n‡q _vK‡Z
fvjev‡m| Z…Y I km¨hy³ ¯’vb †c‡j †mLv‡b Iiv g‡bi my‡L Pi‡Z _v‡K| Z…Y, Mv‡Qi Qvj cÖf…wZ †L‡q Giv
Rxeb aviY K‡i| wk¶v †c‡j Giv bvbv iKg µxov-†KŠZzK †`Lv‡Z cv‡i| wZeŸZ †`‡k GK iKg QvMj
Av‡Q| Zviv evwYR¨`ªe¨ enb K‡i| QvM‡ji `ya wgó I cywóKi|
The goat is a domestic animal. Goats are of different colours. They can bear a lot
of hardships. Goats like to live in flocks. If they find grassy meadows and corn-
fields, they graze there cheerfully. They live on grass, barks of trees and other
things. If they are trained, they can show various feats of sports. There is a kind
of goat in Tibet. They carry commercial goods. The milk of the goat is sweet and
nutritious.

10. GB Avgvi gv| Avgvi gv‡qi gZ Avi †KD †bB| wZwb Avgv‡K KZ †øn K‡ib| wZwb me©`v Avgvi hZœ
†bb| wZwb KLbI wb‡Ri myL †Luv‡Rb bv| Avgv‡K myLx †`L‡j Zuvi Avb›` a‡i bv| Avwg Amy¯’ n‡j gv
eoB wPwš—Z nb| Avwg my¯’ n‡j Zuvi gy‡L nvwm dz‡U| Avj- vn‡K ab¨ev`, wZwb Avgv‡K Ggb gv w`‡q‡Qb|
Avwg Zuv‡K fv‡jvevme I Zuvi K_v ïbe|
This is my mother. There is none else like my mother. She is too affectionate to
me. She always takes care of me. She never looks for her happiness. If she finds
that I am happy, her joys know no bounds. If I fall ill, my mother becomes very
anxious. If I get well, she puts on smile on her face. Thanks to Allah, He has
given me such a mother. I shall love her and obey her.

11. Avgv‡`i evwoi Lye wbK‡UB b`x Av‡Q| Avgiv cÖZ¨n cÖv‡Z mܨvq Gi Zx‡i †eov‡Z hvB| b`xi Dfq
cv‡k¦© mvwi mvwi MvQ i‡q‡Q| b`xi wbK‡U cÖk¯— gvV| gv‡V cÖwZ ermi cÖPyi avb R‡b¥| ZLb gvV meyR
†`Lvq| b`xi av‡i A‡bK †Mv-gwnlvw` P‡i| m~‡h©v`q I m~h©v‡¯Íi mgq b`xwU my›`i †`Lvq| b`xi kxZj I
weï× evqy †meb Ki‡j ¯^v¯’¨ fvj _v‡K|
There is a river very close to our house. Every morning and evening we go out
for a walk by the river-side. There are rows of trees on both the banks of the
river. There are wide fields near the river. Plenty of paddy grows in the field every
year. Then the fields look green. Many cows and buffaloes graze by the river-
side. The river looks beautiful at sunrise and sunset. If we inhale cool and fresh
air of the river, we keep healthy.

12. nhiZ Ave`yj Kv‡`i ZLb wQ‡jb evjK| wZwb evM`v‡` †jLv-cov wkL‡Z hv‡eb| gv ej‡jb,
ÒKLbI wg_¨v K_v e‡jv bv| wec‡` KLbI fq †c‡qv bv|Ó evM`v` wQj Zuvi evwo †_‡K eû`~i|
mI`vMvi‡`i mv‡_ evjK c_ Pj‡Z jvM‡jb| c‡_ WvKv‡Zi fq wQj| cuvPw`b c‡i Zuv‡`i `‡j WvKvZ

Translation Page # 158


English

coj| GKRb WvKvZ evjK‡K aij| m`©vi ejj, ÒGi Kv‡Q wKQy †bB| G‡K †Q‡o `vI|Ó evjK ej‡jb,
Òbv, bv, Avgvi Kv‡Q wekwU †gvni Av‡Q|Ó
Hazrat Abdul Kader was then a boy. He would go to Baghdad to study. Mother
said, "Never tell a lie. Do not be afraid of danger." Baghdad was far away from
his house. He began to walk his way with some merchants. There were fears of
robbers on the way. After five days their party was attacked by a gang of
robbers. One of them caught hold of the boy. The leader said, "He has nothing
with him. Let him go." The boy said, "No, no, I have twenty gold coins with me."

13. †mw`b Avwg K‡j‡R hvw”Qjvg| Avgvi mv‡_ K‡qKRb mncvVx wQj| nVvr GK cÖQÛ kã ï‡b Avgiv
†cQ‡b ZvKvjvg| †`Ljvg GKwU †Q‡j Mvwo Pvcv c‡o‡Q| Pvicv‡k †jvKRb PxrKvi Ki‡Q| †Q‡jwUi Mv‡q
†Quov Rvgv; cv‡q RyZv †bB| Avgiv AvnZ †Q‡jwU‡K nvmcvZv‡j wb‡q †Mjvg|
That day I was going to college. I had several classmates with me. Suddenly
hearing a loud sound, we looked back. We saw that a boy was run over by a car.
People around were shouting. The boy had a torn shirt on and he had no shoes.
We carried the wounded boy to the hospital.

14. gvby‡li Ggb KZK¸‡jv wec` Av‡Q hv †_‡K mgvR Zv‡K i¶v Ki‡Z cv‡i bv| g„Zz¨, †kvK, bvbv
cÖKvi ˆbivk¨ I e¨vwa wPiw`bB Zv‡K cxwoZ K‡i‡Q| GB me wec` †_‡K euvP‡Z n‡j PvB AvZœwek¦vm I
Avjøvni cÖwZ GKvšÍ wbf©ikxjZv|
Man finds some troubles from which society cannot save him. He has always
suffered from death, sorrow, various kinds of disappointments and diseases etc.
It is only self confidence and absolute reliance on Allah that can save him from
troubles.

15. GKwU wRwbm Avwg j¶¨ K‡iwQ †mwU Avwg weP¶Y †jv‡Ki †MvP‡i Avb‡Z PvB| abxi cwikª‡gi dj
nj UvKv| †m dj hw` †KD Ávbxi nv‡Z Zz‡j †`q Z‡e wZwb †mUv Avb‡›`i mv‡_ abx‡`i †P‡q A‡bK fvj
c‡_ Kv‡R jvMvb|
I have observed one thing in particular which I would like to bring to the notice
of learned people. The fruit of rich man's labour are wealth. If these fruits are
placed in the hands of the wise, they use them with great delight in far better
ways than the rich.

16. `~‡ii cvnvo¸wj Nb bxj, †hb AvKv‡ki bxj †gN †Ljv Ki‡Z G‡m c„w_ex‡Z aiv c‡o‡Q| AvKv‡k
Doevi Rb¨ †hb cvLv †g‡j‡Q, wKšÍz evav Av‡Q e‡j Do‡Z cvi‡Q bvÑ AvKvk †_‡K Zvi ¯^RvZxq †g‡Niv
G‡m Zvi mv‡_ †KvjvKzwj K‡i hv‡”Q|
The hills in the distance are deep blue, as if the blue clouds that have come
down to the earth to play, have been caught up there. It seems they have spread
out their wings to fly in the air, but they can not move because of obstacle- so
their fellow clouds are coming down from the sky to embrace them.

17. a~gcvb Lye ¶wZKi| GwU e¨qeûjI| GwU cwi‡ek‡K `~wlZ K‡i| huviv a~gcvb K‡i Zviv †ewk w`b
euvP‡Z cv‡i bv| aygcvb Ki‡j K¨vÝvi, ü`‡ivM I k¦vmh‡š¿i †ivM nq| ZvB mevi a~gcvb eR©b Kiv DwPZ|

Translation Page # 159


BBS Program

Smoking is very harmful. It is expensive too. It pollutes the environment. Those


who smoke cannot live long. Smoking causes cancer, heart-attack and diseases
of the respiratory organs. So everyone should give up smoking.

18. Bs‡iwR fvlv †kLv †h KZ cÖ‡qvRb Zv GLb Avgiv cy‡ivcywi Dcjwä Kwi| Bs‡iwR bv Rvb‡j Avgv‡`i
gZ GKwU †`k DbœZ †`k¸wji mv‡_ mgvb Zv‡j Pj‡Z cv‡i bv| AvRKvj AvšÍR©vwZK m¤úK© I e¨emv-
evwY‡R¨i gva¨g Bs‡iwR| c„w_exi Ávb-weÁv‡bi cy¯‘‡Ki †ewki fvM †jLvB Bs‡iwR fvlvq| ZvB †h RvwZ
Bs‡iwR‡Z hZ †ewk cvi`kx© †m RvwZ mKj w`K †_‡K ZZ †ewk DbœZ|
Now, we realize completely how necessary it is to learn English language. The
country like ours cannot keep pace with other developed countries without
knowing English. Nowadays English is a medium of international affairs as well
as trade and commerce. Most of the books of knowledge and science of the world
are written in English. So, the nations, who are more expert in English, are-
more developed in all respects.

19. Rxeb wK? G cÖ‡kœi Reve A‡b‡KB w`‡Z cvi‡e bv| A‡b‡K wKQyB ej‡Z cvi‡e bv| A‡b‡K bvbv
Dëv-cvëv K_v ej‡e| Avm‡j gvbyl Rxeb wb‡q Lye KgB fv‡e| eyw×gvb wkw¶Z †jv‡Kiv Gi e¨wZµg
bq| Avðvh© †h, gvbyl Zvi Rxe‡bi me‡P‡q eo cÖkœwU‡KB fz‡j _v‡K| Lye Kg gvbylB Rxeb‡K †P‡b| wb‡R
wb‡Ri Kv‡Q AcwiwPZ †_‡K hvq| Gfv‡eB Rxeb GKw`b †kl n‡q hvq|
What is life? Many can not answer this question. Many can not say anything.
Many will talk nonsense in different ways. Indeed, man thinks a little about life.
The educated and intelligent are not exceptional to this. It is a matter of wonder
that men are in oblivion about the greatest question of their lives. Very few
people know about what is life. One remains unknown to oneself. In this way
one day the life comes to an end.

20. Avkvwenxb Rxeb †bB| mevi Rxe‡b †Kvb bv †Kvb Avkv _v‡K| †KD Wv³vi n‡Z Pvq, †KD BwÄwbqvi
n‡Z Pvq Avevi †KD ev eo Kg©KZ©v n‡Z Pvq| Z‡e †ewki fv‡MiB B”Qv abx nIqvi| nVvr K‡i abx nevi
Rb¨ AvRKvj A‡b‡KB Amr cš’v Aej¤^b K‡i|
There is no life without hope. Every man has some hopes in life. Some wants to
be a doctor, some wants to be an engineer and others want to be high officials.
But most of the people want to be rich. Now-a-days many people adopt unfair
means to be rich rapidly.

21. MZKvj mܨvq Avwg Avgvi eÜzi evwo wM‡qwQjvg| †m Avgvi eû cyivZb I Nwbô eÜz| †m kn‡ii
GKwU eB‡qi †`vKv‡bi GKRb mvgvb¨ Kg©Pvix| hLb Avwg Zvi mv‡_ mv¶vr Ki‡Z †Mjvg ZLb †m GKwU
Dcb¨vm cowQj| †m Avgvi Avgvi Kv‡Q we‡`k hvIqvi B”Qv cÖKvk Ki‡jv|
I went to my friend's house last evening. He is a very old and close friend of
mine. He is an ordinary employee in a book stall of town. When I went to meet
him, he was reading a novel. He expressed his willingness to go abroad to me.

22. Rqbyj Av‡e`xb wkí I K…wói RM‡Z GKwU mycwiwPZ bvg| wZwb evsjv‡`‡ki weL¨vZ wPÎKi wQ‡jb|
Zuvi Zzwj‡Z AvuKv Qwe Avgv‡`i Rxe‡bi `c©Y| wZwb A‡bK wkíxi wk¶v¸iy| XvKv AvU© K‡jR ZuviB Agi

Translation Page # 160


English

KxwZ©i mv¶¨ enb K‡i| Zuv‡K RvZxq Aa¨vcKiƒ‡c m¤§vwbZ Kiv nq| wZwb 28 †g, 1976 Bs Zvwi‡L †kl
wbtk¦vm Z¨vM K‡ib|
Zainul Abedin is a well-known name in the realm of art and culture. He was a
famous painter in Bangladesh. Pictures painted by him reflect the mood of our
life. He was the master of many painters. Dhaka Art College bears the testimony
of his immortal works. He was honoured by giving the status of National
Professor. He breathed his last on 28th May, 1976.

23. †Uª‡bi ûB‡mj †kvbv †Mj| e›`yKavix wmcvBiv GK RvqMvq mvwie× n‡q `uvovj| Mvwo mk‡ã
c- vUd‡g© XzKj| †Kvb hvÎx †hb bv †b‡g c‡o, Zvi e‡›`ve¯‘ Av‡M †_‡K Kiv n‡q‡Q| wmcvBiv ZvK K‡i
e›`yK DuPy Kij, wKšÍz ¸wj Qyuo‡Z cvij bv| mevB †`Lj GKUv fvjy‡Ki Mjv a‡i GKwU Pvi eQ‡ii †g‡q
†Ljv Ki‡Q| ¸wj †Quvov P‡j bv| GLb Dcvq?
The whistle of the train was heard. The armed soldiers took their stand in a row
at the spot. The train arrived at the station with its usual sound. It was so
arranged before hand that no passenger was allowed to get down from the train.
The soldiers raised their guns with aims, but they could not fire. Everyone
noticed that a four year aged girl was playing with a bear placing her hands
round its neck. So firing was not possible. What was the next alternative?

24. gyNj mgªvU AvIi½‡R‡ei gvgv kv‡q¯—v Lvb 1664 mv‡j evsjvi kvmbKZ©v wbhy³ n‡jb| wZwb GKRb
mykvmK wQ‡jb| wZwb Aí w`‡bi g‡a¨B evsjv‡`k‡K Lv‡`¨i Afve nB‡Z gy³ KwiqvwQ‡jb| ZLb PvDj
AZ¨š— m¯—v wQj| kv‡q¯Ív Lv‡bi Avg‡j evsjv‡`‡k UvKvq AvU gb PvDj cvIqv hvBZ| GB †`‡ki †jvK
ZLb my‡L-kvwšÍ‡Z evm KwiZ|
Saista Khan, who was the maternal uncle of the Mughal Emperor Aurongazeb,
was appointed a ruler of Bengal in 1664. He was a good administrator. He freed
Bangladesh from the want of food in a short period. Rice was very cheap at that
time. During his regime people could buy 8 maunds of rice at taka one. The
people of this country lived happily and in peace at that period.

25. cÙv evsjv‡`‡ki e„nËg b`x| wKš—z GwU mvaviY GKwU b`xi †P‡q A‡bK ¸iyZ¡c~Y©, KviY GwU kZvãxi
ci kZvãx a‡i e¨emv evwYR¨ Ges cY¨ cwien‡bi DbœwZ NwU‡q‡Q Ges †`‡ki A_©‰bwZK, mvgvwRK I
mvs¯‹…wZK AMÖMwZi mnvqK n‡q‡Q| `yf©vM¨µ‡g eZ©gv‡b evsjv‡`‡ki GB cÖavb b`x `ywlZ n‡”Q| cÙv `~lY
wbqš¿‡Yi Rb¨ Avgv‡`i Kg©m~Px MÖnY Ki‡Z n‡e|
The Padma is the largest river of Bangladesh. But it is more than a river for
centuries because the Padma has promoted trade, commerce, transport and has
helped the economic, social and cultural progress of the country. Unfortunately
at present this major river in Bangladesh is being polluted. We have to take
programme for controlling the pollution of the Padma.

26. dzj †K bv fvjev‡m? dzj nj cweÎZvi cÖZxK| †h dzj‡K fvjev‡m bv, †m KvD‡K fvjevm‡Z cv‡i
bv| †Mvjv‡ci myevm Avi †mŠ›`h© Avgv‡`i‡K gy» K‡i| GLb Avgv‡`i †`‡k dzj cÖ`k©bx †gjv AbywôZ nq|
dzj wKb‡Z cvIqv hvq|
Who does not love a flower? A flower is the symbol of purity. He who does not
like a flower, cannot love anybody. The sweet scent and beauty of the rose

Translation Page # 161


BBS Program

charm us. Now-a-days flower exhibitions are held in our country. Flowers are
available for purchase.

27. Avgv‡`i †`‡ki c~‡e© Aew¯’Z Rvcvb Gwkqvi m‡e©vbœZ †`k| me©cÖ_g m~‡h©v`q nevi Kvi‡Y Rvcvb‡K
ejv nq m~‡h©v`‡qi †`k| G †`‡ki †Q‡j‡g‡qiv Nywo Dov‡Z `viyY fvjev‡m| †bŠKv Pvjv‡bv Ges mvZvi
KvUvI I‡`i wbqwgZ mL| Iiv me©všÍKi‡Y eo‡`i m¤§vb K‡i Avi mgeqmx‡`i fvjev‡m|
Japan, the most prosperous country in Asia, is situated to the east of our land.
It is called the land of the rising sun since the sun is first seen from this land.
The children of this land are very much fond of flying kites. Swimming and boat-
race are also their regular hobbies. They pay due respect to the elders and show
love to all of their own age.

28. iZb †Kvb K_v ejj bv| bxi‡e Kuv`‡Z jvMj| Avwg Zvi w`‡K PvBjvg| Zvi eqm `k| gvZv-wcZv
†bB| `y'eQi c~‡e© evwo Z¨vM K‡iwQj| ZLb n‡Z Avgvi Kv‡QB Av‡Q| AvR mKv‡j Avgvi ¯¿x Zv‡K eKzwb
w`‡q‡Q| Zv‡ZB †m g‡b AvNvZ †c‡q‡Q| ZvB Avgvi Kv‡Q `uvwo‡q Zvi GB bxie Kvbœv| wKš‘ †m †Kvb
Awf‡hvM Kij bv|
Ratan spoke no more. He went on weeping silently. I looked at him. He was ten
years old and an orphan. He left home two years ago. Since then he has been
staying with me. My wife has scolded him this morning. The scolding cut him to
the quick. So he was weeping silently standing beside me. But he did not make
any complaint.

29. Qv·`i wbR¯^ KZ©e¨ Av‡Q| wb‡R‡`i cÖwZ, wcZvgvZvi cÖwZ, AvÍxq-¯^R‡bi cÖwZ, †`‡ki cÖwZ Ges
mvgwMÖKfv‡e mgv‡Ri cÖwZ Zv‡`i KZ©e¨ Av‡Q| QvÎRxeb n‡jv Rxe‡bi exRec‡bi mgq| †mRb¨ GKRb
Qv‡Îi DwPZ Zvi ¯^v¯’¨ MVb Kiv, fv‡jv Af¨vm M‡o †Zvjv Ges fv‡jv e¨envi Kiv| Rxe‡b fv‡jv Ges
e‡ov nIqvi wbwðZ c_¸wji Ab¨Zg c_ n‡jv wcZvgvZv I wk¶‡Ki cÖwZ AK…wÎg kª×v I fv‡jvevmv
†cvlY Kiv Ges gnvcyi“l‡`i Rxebx cvV Kiv|
Students have their duties. They have duties to themselves, to their parents and
relatives, to their country and to the humanity at large. Student life is the seed
time of life. So a student should build up his health, form good habits and
cultivate good manners. One of the surest ways to be good and great in life is to
have genuine love and regard for one's parents and teachers and read the lives
of great men.

30. evsjv‡`k Avgv‡`i Rb¥f‚wg| Avgiv fvjevwm G‡`‡ki bxj AvKvk, meyR gvV, b`xi KzjKzj aŸwb Avi
mij gvbyl| †h †`k‡K fvjev‡m †m †`k‡cÖwgK| GKRb h_v_© †`k‡cÖwgK wb‡Ri Rxe‡bi †P‡q wb‡Ri
†`k‡K †ewk fvjev‡m| Rb¥f‚wgi g½j I DbœwZi Rb¨ †Póv Kiv Avgv‡`i cweÎ `vwqZ¡|
Bangladesh is our home land. We love the blue sky, the green field, the
murmuring sound of the rivers and the simple people of this country. The man
who loves his country is a patriot. A real patriot loves his country more than his
life. It is our holy duty to make efforts for the welfare and progress of our
motherland.

31. evsjv‡`k Lye eo †`k bq, wKš—z GLv‡b Lye †ewk †jvK evm K‡i| †gŠmygx evqy G‡`‡ki cÖPyi e„wócvZ
NUvq| Gi AwaKvsk f‚wgB mgZj| GLv‡b b`x Av‡Q| †`kwU †`L‡Z my›`i KviY Gi me©ÎB meyR MvQ I
meyR dmj| cÖwZ eQi el©vKv‡j A‡bK RvqMv cøvweZ nq| Rbmvavi‡Yi ZLb †bŠKv `iKvi nq Ges Rxeb
ZvB KwVb n‡q c‡o|
Translation Page # 162
English

Bangladesh is not a large country, but too many people live here. The monsoon
causes abundant rainfall here. Most of the land of it are plain. There are many
rivers here. The country is beautiful to look at because there are green trees and
crops all over it. Many of its places get inundated in the rainy season every year.
Then people require boats and for this reason life becomes difficult.

32. GKw`b GKwU KzKzi GKLÛ gvsm gy‡L Kwiqv GKwU cy‡ji Dci w`qv b`x cvi nB‡ZwQj| wb‡P b`xi
wbg©j R‡j Zvnvi Qvqv cwoj| KzKzi Dnv †`wLj I g‡b Kwij †h, Dnv Ab¨ GKwU KzKzi, gy‡L GK UzKiv
gvsm jBqv hvB‡Z‡Q| †m fvwej, H gvsm LÛ Kvwoqv jIqv hvK, Zvnv nB‡j Avgvi `yB LÛ gvsm nB‡e|
Once a dog was crossing a bridge over a river with a piece of meat in his mouth.
In the clear water below, there was his shadow. He found it and thought that it
was another dog with a piece of meat in its mouth. He thought if he could grasp
that piece of meat too, he would own two pieces of meat.

33. gvZ…‡ø‡ni Zzjbv †bB| wKš—z †øn A‡bK mgq Ag½j Avbqb K‡i| †h †ø‡ni DËv‡c mš—v‡bi cwicywó
ZviB Avwa‡K¨ †m Amnvq n‡q c‡o| gvZ…ü`‡qi ggZvi cÖve‡j¨ gvbyl Avcbv‡K nvwi‡q Avcb kw³i gh©v`v
eyS‡Zcv‡i bv| µ‡g Rbbxi cig m¤ú` mš—vb Ajm, fxi“, `ye©j I cwieZ©bkxj n‡q c‡o| AÜ gvZ…‡øn
†m K_v †ev‡S bv|
The affection of a mother is matchless. But this love sometimes brings bad
effects. Brought up under a mother's unflinching care and love, a child tends to
become helpless and inactive. The root cause is that a child loses his stamina to
understand his own ability. As a result, her dearest son, her precious treasure
gradually becomes idle, timid, weak and changing. Still then, the mother does
not understand the effect of her blind love.

34. QvÎRxeb n‡jv fwel¨r cÖ¯—zwZi Kvj| GwU n‡jv Rxe‡bi me‡P‡q ¸iyZ¡c~Y© mgq| GKRb QvÎ AvR
hyeK wKš‘ AvMvgxw`‡b †m n‡q DV‡e c~Y©eq¯‹| Zvi bvbviKg KZ©e¨ Av‡Q| †m¸wj Zvi fv‡jvfv‡e Kiv
DwPZ| QvÎ wn‡m‡e Zvi cÖ_g KZ©e¨ n‡jv †jLvcov †kLv| Zvi covïbvi cÖwZ m‡PZb nIqv DwPZ|
Student life is the time of preparation for future. This is the most important
period of life. A student is young today. But he will be a man to-morrow. He has
different duties. He should perform them well. As a student, his first duty is to
study and learn. He should be careful to his lessons.

35. evsjv‡`k `w¶Y Gwkqvi GKwU ¯^vaxb †`k| AvqZ‡bi Zzjbvq Gi RbmsL¨v AZ¨šÍ †ewk| d‡j we‡`k
n‡Z cÖwZ eQi cÖPyi Lv`¨ km¨ Avg`vwb Ki‡Z nq| Lv`¨ k‡m¨i Drcv`b evov‡Z bv cvi‡j †`‡ki †Kvb
DbœwZ n‡e bv| G e¨vcv‡i Avgv‡`i mevi †Póv Kiv DwPZ|
Bangladesh is an independent country in South Asia. Her population is too
large for her total area. As a result, we have to import a lot of food grains from
foreign countries. If we cannot increase the production of food grains, our
country will make no progress. All of us should try our best in this respect.

36, Bs‡iwR AvšÍR©vwZK fvlv| c„w_ex‡Z Ggb †Kvb †`k †bB †hLv‡b Bs‡iwR †kLv‡bv nq bv| GKevi
Avb›` †c‡j G fvlv bv wk‡L cviv hvq bv| evsjv fvlv mg„× Kivi j‡¶¨B Bs‡iwR †kLv DwPZ| Zzwg wK
Bs‡iwR ejv cQ›` Ki bv?
English is an international language. There is hardly any country in the world
where English is not taught. If one once finds interest in it, one cannot but learn

Translation Page # 163


BBS Program

it. We should learn English with a view to enriching Bengali. Don't you like
speaking English?

Translation Page # 164


Lesson
Paragraph Writing 21
Objectives :

At the end of this lesson you will be able to :


 5

5
realize how to write a paragraph.
identify four qualities of a paragraph.
5 find out the parts of a paragraph.
5 know the attractive techniques for writing.
5 understand the sequence and unity of a paragraph.
5 gain vast knowledge from the mentioned paragraphs.

Paragraph k‡ãi A_© Aby‡”Q`| GwU †QvU AvKv‡i GKwU M`¨ iPbv hvi g‡a¨ GKwU idea ewY©Z nq
hv wb‡Ri g‡a¨ ¯^qsm¤ú~Y©| G‡Z †Kej GKwUgvÎ fve _v‡K| Paragraph Gi evK¨¸‡jv Ggbfv‡e
mvRv‡Z nq †hb G‡`i ga¨ w`‡q g~j fvewU cÖKvk cvq Ges avivevwnKZv eRvq _v‡K| Paragraph
AvKv‡i Lye †ewk eo Kiv hvq bv, Z‡e fv‡ei cwic~Y©Zv ev ev‡K¨i ga¨Kvi mvgÄm¨Zv i¶vi Rb¨
cÖ‡qvRbxq evK¨ _vK‡Z nq|
Paragraph †jLvi mgq †ek K‡qKwU kZ© AbymiY Ki‡Z nq| †h †Kvb fvj Paragraph Gi PviwU ¸Y
Aek¨B _vK‡Z nq|
1. Completeness ev A‡_©i cwic~Y©Zv
2. Unity of thought ev fv‡ei HK¨
3. Order of presentation ev Dc¯’vc‡bi avivevwnK HK¨
4. Coherence ev mvgÄm¨ ev evK¨¸‡jvi A‡_©i ga¨Kvi m½wZ|

Paragraph Gi g~j idea †K weKwkZ K‡i Zzj‡Z n‡j cÖ‡qvRbxq mKj Z_¨ G‡Z _vK‡Z n‡e| bB‡j
Paragraph n‡e incomplete. Paragraph Gi topic idea develop Kivi Rb¨ hv †jLv cÖ‡qvRb
Zv Aš—f©y³ Ki‡Z n‡e, wKš—z Ggb †jLv _vK‡e bv hv Paragraph wUi g~j idea Gi mv‡_ Lvc Lvq bv|
Giƒc †Kvb AcÖvmw½K evK¨ _vK‡j Paragraph Gi Unity ev HK¨ bó nq|
Paragraph Gi g‡a¨ †Kvb ev‡K¨i ci †Kvb evK¨ Avm‡e Zvi w`‡K we‡kl †Lqvj ivL‡Z n‡e|
avivevwnKZv bv _vK‡j Paragraph ÎywUhy³ n‡q co‡e| GRb¨ mgq I ¯’vb welqK Z‡_¨i w`‡K bRi
ivLv `iKvi| Paragraph G GKwU ev‡K¨i A‡_©i mv‡_ Ab¨ ev‡K¨i A‡_©i g‡a¨ GKUv mvgÄm¨ _vK‡Z
n‡e| GwU Paragraph-Gi AwZ ¸iyZ¡c~Y© ˆewkó¨| G ˆewkó¨wUi h_v_© cÖKvk †h †Kvb Paragraph †K
English

Av`k© gv‡b DbœxZ Ki‡Z cv‡i| GKwU Paragraph †K wZbwU As‡k wef³ Kiv hvq t Beginning,
Body Ges End|
1. Paragraph-Gi cÖ_g evK¨wUB Beginning Ask wb‡`©k K‡i| DËg Paragraph Gi Rb¨ G
AskwU n‡Z n‡e AvKl©Yxq|
2. cÖ_g Sentence -Gi ci †_‡K †kl Sentence Gi AvM ch©šÍ mgMÖ Ask‡K ejv nq
Paragraph -Gi Body| G‡Z ms‡hvwRZ evK¨¸‡jv Paragraph -Gi g~j idea †K weKwkZ I
Dc¯’vwcZ K‡i|
3. Paragraph Gi †kl Sentence wU‡Z Paragraph-Gi g~jfve cÖKv‡ki cwic~Y©Zvi ms‡KZ
†`q| GKwU mv_©K mgvwßm~PK Sentence †K Terminator e‡j|
Paragraph Gi cÖ_g Sentence †K AvKl©Yxq Kivi Rb¨ K‡qKwU †KŠkj Aej¤^b Kiv hvq -
(K) Topic Sentence e¨envi K‡i cy‡iv Paragraph Gi g~j K_vUv cÖ_g ev‡K¨ ejv †h‡Z cv‡i|
(L) welqe¯—z hw` KZ¸‡jv NUbvi ZvwjKv nq Zvn‡j There are ...... steps ..... Gfv‡e †`qv hvq|
(M) welqe¯—z hw` AÁvZ NUbvi mgwó nq Zvn‡j Gfv‡eI †jLv hvq t There are a number of
causes of the population of Bangladesh. Of them the following .......

Paragraph Gi Beginning Sentence hw` GKwU specific statement ev we‡kl e³e¨ nq


Zvn‡j g~j fv‡ei mv‡_ m½wZ †i‡L †kl sentence wU †Z GKwU general sentence e¨envi Kiv hvq|
Avevi †h †Kvb GKwU gZvgZ ev mgvav‡bi ga¨ w`‡q Paragraph †kl Kiv hvq|

wb‡æ wKQy Paragraphs wb‡q Av‡jvPbv Kiv n‡jv t

1. OUR COUNTRY
The name of our country is Bangladesh. It is a small low-lying country in the
south Asia on the Bay of Bengal. Its total area is 1.47,570 sq. kilometers. She
got her freedom on the 16th December in 1971. There are six seasons in our
country. It has a tropical monsoon climate also. More than 14 crore people live
here. Most of them are Muslims. The others are Hindus, Buddhists and
Christians. Bangladesh is a land of rivers. The Padma, the Meghna and the
Jamuna are the main big rivers of the country. Jute, rice, tea, sugarcane,
oilseeds, fruit, vegetables, spices, wheat, potato, tobacco and cotton are the
main crops of the country. Agriculture is the main occupation of the people
here. We have some attractive tourist spots like Sonargaon Kuakata and Cox's
Bazar sea beach. Besides, the country has some world heritage sites such as the
Sundarbans, the Shat Gombuj Mosque and the Buddhist Vihar. Our country is
enriched with lots of natural resources. Infact it is a land of unique beauty. After
all, the people of Bangladesh are very much peace-loving. I like my country very
much. So, I am proud of my country.

2. THE NECESSITY OF LEARNING ENGLISH


English is called an international Language because it is widely spoken all over
the world. Without English we cannot do in this modern world. We should learn
English for a great variety of purposes. We need English to get good job, to go
abroad, to pursue higher studies. Most of the books on higher education of
every branch of knowledge are written in English. To run the international trade
and commerce English is very essential. Many international meetings are held
Paragraph Writing Page # 165
BBS Program

for various purposes now-a-days. To attend those meetings English is a must.


Besides, international sports and tours require the knowledge of English. Every
language has some rules. To learn those rules we should follow grammar. Our
English textbook helps us to use English in our daily life. Learning English is
specially important for Bangladeshi because it can play an important role for the
development of the country. Finally we can say that to become an active member
of the global village we should learn English as an international language.

3. YOUR COLLEGE LIBRARY


The library, which belongs to every college, is called college library. Every college
has a library. There is a library in our college. It is a part and parcel of our
college life. It is situated in the main building of our college. There are various
kinds of books in our college library. They are storybooks, novels, biographical
books and also rare kinds of reference books in a great number. I like it very
much and when I get time, I go to library for reading. I take help from the library
for one writing. I think that books are the best friends of man. A library is a
storehouse of books. So people like me should not waste time but go to library
to read different kinds of books. I think that a library is an essential part for
every college. So it should be enriched with different kinds of books. I should try
to make the best use of it. In fact, I feel really proud of my college library.

4. YOUR DAILY LIFE


I am a student of B.A. first year. I want to do well in life. So I have a daily
routine of work. I get up early in the morning and have a wash. I say my prayers
and have my breakfast. Then I begin to learn my lessons and do my home task.
At 9-30 a.m I bathe, eat my meals and go to college. I sit in the first bench and
listen to what my teachers say. I never make a noise in the class. The college is
over at 2-30 pm. Then I return home direct. I take some tiffin and go to the field
to play. I come back home before it is dark. I wash my hands and face. Then I sit
to read my books. I have my supper at 9-30 pm. Then I go to bed.

5. YOUR FAVOURITE GAME


Football is my favourite game. I have a great attraction for it. I like this game for
reasons more than one. It is an interesting outdoor game. It is played in an open
field. It is not so costly as cricket. It is not so risky as hockey. It gives joy to
hundreds of people. It is a good form of exercise. It makes the players strong and
healthy. It teaches players the lessons of team work, discipline and obedience.

6. STUDENTS AND SOCIAL SERVICE


Man is a social creature. The peace and happiness of each individual depends to
a great extent upon what he gets from the other members of his society. So we
are all indebted to one another. The students have an important role to play in
this respect. A student is a future citizen. He has duties to the society. Social
service is a part of his study. He must first take an interest in his surroundings.
He must fight against ignorance, superstition, insanitary conditions. He can
help night schools and take part in health squads. A student must be ready to
respond to the call of his country particularly in times of floods and famines. He

Paragraph Writing Page # 166


English

must train himself for national service in time of war. Training in social service
will complete his academic education and make him a better citizen.

7. TENSION
Tension means mental, emotional and nervous strain. When a man feels
tension, he becomes agreesive or unfriendly towards others. It may develop into
conflict or a violence. According to the physicians, tension is the source of
diseases. There is no man in the world without tension. But overtension is
harmful for health. It is a disease that has no cure normally. If a man wants to
free from tension, he has to remain busy in various activities. An active and
practical man never suffers from tension. He always avoid it by remaining
himself busy in sports and pastime. Everyone should come out of this terrible
disease.

8. THE FAMILY I LIVE IN


There are two types of family, one is nuclear and another is extended family. I
live in a nuclear family. I like it very much. My family consists of five members.
They are my father, mother, two brothers and myself. My father is a government
employee who has been working in Bangladesh Bank for about fifteen years. My
mother is a housewife. Sumon, my elder brother has been studying in Dhaka
University. He is a BBA student. My younger brother, suzon, reads in class nine.
My father is the head of our family. He gives all instructions to run the family.
Mother also assists him in various matters. Our family is a happy one. We are
very friendly. My parents give us company. They suggest us how to lead life. My
father also teaches me. My mother loves me most. Both are affectionate to us.
We follow their advice. A calm and pleasant atmosphere prevails in our family. A
family is considered an important institution. It is the place from where the
important lessons are taught. It provides mental and psychological support
which is necessary to lead our lives smoothly.

9. DOWRY
Dowry is a social curse. It can be an amount of money or property that a wife or
her family must pay to her husband when they get married. It was the social
custom in an ancient time. But at present dowry is the social curse for our
society. In this subcontinent more or less every family faces this snake. A poor
family having a maiden faces a great problem due to dowry. They cannot arrange
a marriage ceremony of their daughter for the demand of dowry by the father or
the relatives of the bridegroom. Generally the bridegroom's sides take dowry and
the brides are victims of it. If the parents of the bride cannot pay as per the
demand, the wife is kicked out from her husband's house by the relatives. Our
young generation should be conscious and try to wipe out such a stupid system.
We can do canvassing and make advertisement against this dowry system. By
developing the mentality of our citizens, we can get rid of this vice.

10. MY FAVOURITE ENGLISH TEACHER


A teacher is a person who teaches his or her students and discovers their
hidden treasures. I love almost all of my teachers. However, the name of my
Paragraph Writing Page # 167
BBS Program

favourite English teacher is Abdul Jalil. He is a Masters Degree holder in


English Literature. He is also a BCS cadre. He presents the lessons in an
excellent way. He has a soft, clear and gentle voice for which everybody can pay
attention to his lecture. He helps the backward students by offering them
different instructive and constructive symbols, signs and examples. We have a
friendly relationship with him. He behaves very well with us. He becomes very
strict when we are out of control. We always try to obey and respect him. He is
also interested in co-curricular activities. He is the general secretary of our
debating club and conducts different competitions related to this. His modesty,
sincerity and generosity attract me much. I wish him safe and sound life.

11. RULES OF HEALTH


I know that sound health is the root of all happiness. So, I always try to follow
the rules of health. Without following the rules of health, we can not lead a
healthier and happier life. To remain sound I wake up early in the morning and
do some exercise. Balanced diet is greatly needed to remain hale and hearty. It
is nothing but to take the right kinds of food in a proportionate way. As I want to
keep my body fit, I have a balanced diet. Actually we have many kinds of food
but all of them do not possess the same values and nutrition. For our sound
health we need six kinds of elements of food in a balanced way. The lack of one
or more kinds causes imbalanced situation in our body. Therefore, balanced diet
is necessary to keep good health.

12. TREE PLANTATION


Our presence in this world would be impossible without trees. We are totally
dependent on trees for living on the earth. A moment without oxygen, which
trees supply us, will surely blow out our light of life. Again we get our food and
furniture from trees. But we are cutting trees in such a large number that the
country is going to be desert while the existence of us would be dangerous. So,
the government of Bangladesh realizing the importance of trees celebrates tree
planting week every year. It encourages all of us to plant more trees for our
better future. People nowadays are coming forward spontaneously for planting
trees as they now realize the importance of trees. Many trees in the recent years
have been planted on both sides of the highways, coastal areas and in the
forests. We have to continue our tree planting programme. Otherwise, our
atmosphere will be polluted with carbon-di-oxide. A tree is also a big saving
thing for the next generation.

13. NEWSPAPER
Newspaper is a valuable gift of modern civilization. It brings us important news
of home and abroad. It is a powerful instrument to mould future of a country. It
creates public opinion. It helps to make government policy. It informs us of
market prices. Thus we can know everything of the world by reading it and
sitting at home. News-paper should be impartial. When it gives impartial
opinion, it is a great friend of the nation. So we should try for the development of
the newspaper.

14. DANGERS OF SMOKING

Paragraph Writing Page # 168


English

Certainly smoking is a very bad habit. The dangers of smoking know no bounds.
It harms one in various ways. One clasps a lot of incurable diseases like
bronchitis, asthma, lung cancer and so on by smoking. And one being attacked
by these diseases may go to the land of death. A smoker hamrs not only himself
but also others who are supposed to be non-smokers. When any smoker smokes
cigarette, air gets polluted. And the non-smokers taking polluted air get harmed
severely. However, I always avoid smoking and try to make others understand
about the dangers of smoking. But my elder brother is the chain-smoker. It is a
matter of great anxiety for our family. I indirectly try to make my brother
understand about the dangers of smoking. I hope, he will give up smoking in
near future. However, as smoking is harmful to health, it should be banned in
public places.

15. LOAD-SHEDDING
Load-shedding is not desirable. It is harmful to civilization. However, load
means burden and shedding means minimizing. Therefore, load-shedding
means the minimizing of burden of anything. Of late, in our country load-
shedding in electricity is acutely felt and seen which makes our life intolerable
and boring. Because of deficiency in electricity load shedding occurs. Our
country is densely populated. The storage of electricity is not sufficient to
provide electricity with all. As a result, load-shedding in the country is seen
frquently. Sometimes, it becomes very severe. Of course, the government tries its
best to provide electricity with all. It is imperative to mention here that load
shedding in quick succession can bring breach of discipline in the country. So,
the government must be conscious of this. Overall sense of duty and
consciousness can play a vital role in stopping load-shedding. Besides,
production of electricity should be increased to fulfil the demand.

16. PHYSICAL EXERCISE


Physical exercise is the movement of our limbs. It helps us to be sound
physically and mentally. Without physical exercise we can not enjoy soundness
of body as well as mind. It makes a man strong, active and keeps him free from
disease. On the contrary, a man who does not take physical exercise is attacked
by various deseases. He can not have soundness of body as well as mind. So, all
of us should take physical exercise regularly. There are various forms of
physical exercise. All forms of exercise are not suitable for everybody. Those who
are strong in body can take all forms of exercise. But those who are weak in
body can not take hard exercises. Because of the fact that the weak persons feel
disinterested to take hard exercises. The weak and old persons can walk in the
open air in the morning and in the evening. And thus they can be benefited. But
over exercise is hamrful to body. If one takes over exercise, one can be affected
severely. Therefore one needs to take exercise according to one's bodily ability
and capability.

17. MY BIRTHDAY PARTY


By birthday party I mean a celebration that is celebrated for one's birth
anniversary. I am eager to celebrate my birthday. By arranging a party I
celebrated my last birth anniversary. My friends, kith and kin, well-wishers and
many others were invited to my birthday party. About two hundred guests were
Paragraph Writing Page # 169
BBS Program

invited to the party. A special cake was ordered. At the appointed time the
guests came to our residence. I received them cordially. When I cut the cake
with a knife, all began to sing, "Happy birthday to you." It seemed to me that I
was the main attraction of the party. Pieces of cake, delicious food items like
Khichuri, Payes, Pitha made by my mother were provided among the guests. The
eating accompanied by a lot of gossiping and giggling went on. Cameras were
begun to click on. After these, jokes were made. Then I said goodbye to my
guests. After that I observed my birthday gifts and felt very happy. Truly
speaking, the party was very enjoyable.

18. AIR POLLUTION


Air is the most important element of our environment. By inhaling and exhaling
fresh air, we can survive on earth. So, it can be regarded as the life. But it also
becomes a killer when it is polluted. And it is polluted in various ways and
means. Especially it is polluted by smoke. Man makes fire to cook food, makes
bricks, mels tar for road construction and to do many other things. Fire creates
smoke and pollutes the air. Railway engines and powerhouses creates smoke by
burning coal and oil. Mills and factories also emit a lot of smoke. Buses, trucks
and cars use petrol and diesel. These too emit smoke. All these kinds of smoke
pollute the air. By inhaling polluted air, we suffer from various fatal diseases
like bronchitis, asthma, lung cancer and so on. We may lose our existence being
attacked by these fatal diseases. So, it is our bounden responsibility to save air
from pollution. Public awareness can be raised to decrease the production of all
kinds of smoke. And then we can have an air pollution free environment.

19. MY FAVOURITE SPORTSMAN


I play different kinds of games and sports like cricket, football, badminton,
handball and so on. Of all games, I like cricket most. So my favourite sportsman
is from the cricket world. He is Ashraful Haq, the youngest player of Bangladesh
Cricket Team. Infact. I am his fan. He is a right-handed batsman. I like him for
his outstanding performance and achievements. His batting style is excellent
and attractive. He is not only a batsman but also a bowler and a good fielder. He
has the records of acquiring century at his initial test match in the least tender
age. He is regarded as a "run-machine". He gives pleasure and gets pleasure in
playing the game. Considering all sides, he is a good cricketer. I think a good
future is waiting for him.

20. ARSENIC POLLUTION


At present arsenic pollution is an anxiety of Bangladesh. In chemistry, arsenic is
referred to as a violently poisonous white compound of brittle element. Now this
element is detected to be present in large quantities in the tube-well water of the
many districts of Bangladesh. It causes a kind of health hazard. Press reports
on this matter are drawing attention of all classes of people to be aware of it and
also to take all possible preventive measures. Drinking water polluted by arsenic
causes many diseases like sores and stomachache troubles. So, urgently it is
needed to be checked and teach people how to get rid of it. At present, an
antidote is discovered to purify water polluted by arsenic. Besides, the World
Bank has agreed to extend all possible helps to mitigate the arsenic problem in

Paragraph Writing Page # 170


English

our country. So the Govt. should take necessary steps to check the arsenic
pollution.

21. A MOONLIT NIGHT


The night in which the moon shines brightly in the cloudless clear sky is
generally known as moonlit night. A moonlit night is a remarkable occasion for a
beauty seeker. It offers a very splendid and charming view. It is a night of
exquisite beauty and joy. In a moonlit night the moon looks like a disk of silver.
The moon bathes the world with her silvery light. The sparking stars twinkle
around the moon. Rivers, ocean, canals and ponds seem to laugh in the
splendid moonlit night. The trees and creepers look bright in sparkling. The
flowers glitter in the garden like pearls. Birds come out of their nests and fly
about. Beasts come out and run to and fro. People of all ages amuse themselves
in a moonlight night. They pass some hours in gossiping and telling story. It has
a magical power of transporting us to a land of fairy and imagination. It arouses
the poets of all languages to sing highly in a moonlight night. It loses the
dullness of a night and thrills our hearts. It is a great pleasure and source of
recreation for the people.

22. WATER POLLUTION


Water is a very important element of human environment. It is a liquid
substance. It is a compound of Hydrogen and Oxygen. It is an essential element
of nature because it saves all kinds of veiw of the earth. Clean water is healthful
but when it is polluted, it is very harmful. It can be polluted in many ways. It is
polluted by waste and filth. Water is polluted by using chemical fertilizers and
various insecticides of the land. When milis and factories throw their waste
products into rivers and cnals, water become polluted. Again motor, launch,
steamer pollute water by throwing oil. By drinking this polluted water, we often
get sick and finally die. So we should prevent water pollution. Water can be
purified by boiling it and using purified tablets. We cannot live without pure
water. Above all, for a healthier and a happier life we should drink pure water.

23. THE 21ST FEBRUARY


The 21st February is a red letter day in the history of Bangladesh. The Pakistani
rulers wanted "Urdu will be the state language of Pakistan". But it is impossible
to establish in the constitution. The 21st Februrary is a martyr day of our
country. Every year the nation remembers this day with due respect and
solemnity. On 17th November, 1999 the 21st February is dignified in the
UNESCO conference. It is introduced to all as international Mother Language
Day. About 188 states supported this proposal warmly. Every year all classes of
people celebrate this day with honour. They go to the Shaheed Minar and keep
flowers at the altar of Shaheed Minar to show tribute to the martyrs.Thus the
significance of the day is great for the people of Bangladesh. However, the people
of Bangladesh can never forget the 21st February. As a citizen everybody should
love his or her country and mother tongue.

24. MY FAVOURITE POET

Paragraph Writing Page # 171


BBS Program

I have read the poems of many Bengali poets. But Quazi Nazrul Islam is the
most appealing to me. His poems, novels, stories, letters, songs and dramas
have the greatest appeal to me. They inspire me with courage, hope and
aspiration. I find my feelings and emotions expressed in his peoems, songs and
other writings. So, he is my favourite poet. He is the rebel and national poet of
Bangladesh. He is one of the most famous poets of Bengali literature. When I go
through his poem, I feel joy. Agnibina, Bisher Bashi, Jugabani, Rikter Bhadan
etc. are my favourite readings. His works inspire all to fight against evils. His
works inspired us during our liberation struggle. For this, he is favourite with
all. Nazrul was born at Churulta in the district of Burdwan on the 11 Jaistha in
1306 Bs. His restless spirit did not allow him to stay at particular place. In his
young age, he was found at school one time, with a music party at another time
and later on when he was student of class X, he joined the warfront as a soldier
on the side of the Allies, during the First World War in 1914. Nazrul was the first
to write for the poor, the enslaved and the hungry. For this he suffered much.
His writings direct us to the right goal of our life. He died in Dhaka on the 29th
August in 1979 AD. He was laid to eternal rest beside Dhaka University Mosque.

25. VICTORY DAY


The 16th December is a red letter day in the history of Bangladesh. On this day.
we won victory at the cost of a bloody battle of nine months. We celebrated the
'Victory Day' in our college very gorgeously. Our teachers cordially helped us in
the arrangement. On the 15th December, we decorated every corner of the
college compound with green leaves, festoons and coloured papers. Adequate
seating arrangements were made for the teachers and students. Under the
guidance of our physical instructor and some other teachers we fixed the items.
We started the celebration by hoisting the national flag. Immediately after this,
the march past took place and the principal of our college took the salute. Then
they sang the national anthem. We also arranged a discussion meeting and a
cultural function. Both the teachers and the students took part in the
discussion. Actually the day was very happy and enjoyable.

26. THE INDEPENDENCE DAY WE CELEBRATED


The 26th March is a red letter day in the history of Bangladesh. It is regarded as
our Independence Day. On this day, we pay rich tributes to the memory of the
martyrs who laid down their lives for the sake of our independence. We
celebrated the last Independence Day in our college very gorgeously. Our
teachers cordially helped us in the arrangements. On the 25th March, we
decorated every corner of the college compound with green leaves, festoons and
coloured papers. Adequate seating arrangements were made for the teachers
and students. Under the guidence of our physical instructor and some other
teachers, we fixed the items. We started the celebration by hosting the national
flag. Immediately after this the march past took place and the Principal of our
college took the salute. Then they sang the national anthem. We also arranged a
discussion meeting and a cultural function. Both the teachers and the students
took part in the discussion. Actually the day was very happy and enjoyable.

Paragraph Writing Page # 172


English

Every student must participate in the written test of 80


marks and two assignments of 20 (2×10) marks :

Marks Distribution of Written Examination

1. Passage Comprehension (Three Types) = 3×5=15


(Short questions, true or false, fill in the gaps, various items
based on textual exercise)

2. Grammar (Five items) 5 × 5 = 25


(all items will be taken from the text)

3. Letter Writting (only one) 1×10 = 10


(There will be no alternative)

4. Dialogue Writing (only one) 1×10 =10


(There will be no alternative)

5. Translation (from Bengali into English) 1×10 =10


(There will be no alternative)

6. Paragraph (any one out of two) 1×10 =10

Total Marks : 80

Written Test = 80 Marks


Assignments (2) = 20 (10×2) Marks
Total = 100 Marks

Paragraph Writing Page # 173

You might also like